Quarterlytics / Industrials / Rental & Leasing Services / McGrath RentCorp

McGrath RentCorp

mgrc · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker mgrc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Rental & Leasing Services
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · McGrath RentCorp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K   

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 0-13292

McGRATH RENTCORP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its Charter)

California
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)

94-2579843
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

5700 Las Positas Road, Livermore, CA 94551-7800
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant’s telephone number:  (925) 606-9200
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Trading Symbol(s)
MGRC

Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Select Market

Title of each class
Common Stock

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule  405  of  the  Securities 

Act.    ☐  Yes    ☒   No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    ☐  Yes    ☒  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject 
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    ☒  Yes    ☐  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to 
Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
submit such files).    ☒  Yes    ☐  No

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting 
company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.    See  the  definition  of  “large  accelerated  filer”,  “accelerated  filer”,  “smaller  reporting  company”  and 
“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Emerging growth company

☒

☐

☐

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

☐

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying 

with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    ☐  Yes    ☒  No
Aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2019 (based upon the closing 

sale price of the registrant’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2019):  $1,492,719,819.

As of February 24, 2020, 24,296,305 shares of Registrant’s Common Stock were outstanding.

McGrath RentCorp’s definitive proxy statement with respect to its 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 3, 2020 which 
will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of its fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, is incorporated 
by reference into Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, and 13).

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Exhibit index appears on page 87

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

        
 
 
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (“this  Form  10-K”)  which  are  not  historical  facts  are  forward-
looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  All statements, other than statements 
of  historical  facts,  regarding  McGrath  RentCorp’s  (the  “Company’s”)  expectations,  strategies,  prospects  or  targets  are  forward 
looking  statements.    These  forward-looking  statements  also  can  be  identified  by  the  use  of  forward-looking  terminology  such  as 
“anticipates,”  “believes,”  ”continues,”  ”could,”  ”estimates,”  “expects,”  “intends,”  ”may,”  ”plan,”  ”predict,”  ”project,”  or 
“will,” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology.

Management cautions that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks and 
uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in such forward-looking statements. Further, 
our  future  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  differ  materially  from  those  anticipated  by  such  forward-
looking statements and are subject to risks and uncertainties as set forth under “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.  Moreover, neither 
we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking  statements  are  made  only  as  of  the  date  of  this  Form  10-K  and  are  based  on  management’s  reasonable 
assumptions, however these assumptions can be wrong or affected by known or unknown risks and uncertainties.  No forward-looking 
statement can be guaranteed and subsequent facts or circumstances may contradict, obviate, undermine or otherwise fail to support 
or substantiate such statements.  Readers should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements and are cautioned that 
any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. Except as otherwise required by law, we are under no 
duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this Form 10-K to conform such statements to actual results or 
to changes in our expectations.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS.

General Overview

PART I

McGrath RentCorp (the “Company”) is a California corporation organized in 1979 with corporate offices located in Livermore, 
California. The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MGRC”.  References 
in this report to the “Company”, “we”, “us”, and “ours” refer to McGrath RentCorp and its subsidiaries, unless the context requires 
otherwise.

The  Company  is  a  diversified  business-to-business  rental  company  with  four  rental  divisions:  relocatable  modular  buildings, 
portable storage containers, electronic test equipment, and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes.  Although the Company’s 
primary emphasis is on equipment rentals, sales of equipment occur in the normal course of business. The Company is comprised of 
four reportable business segments: (1) its modular building and portable storage segment (“Mobile Modular”); (2) its electronic test 
equipment  segment  (“TRS-RenTelco”);  (3)  its  containment  solutions  for  the  storage  of  hazardous  and  non-hazardous  liquids  and 
solids segment (“Adler Tanks”); and (4) its classroom manufacturing business selling modular buildings used primarily as classrooms 
in California (“Enviroplex”).  

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenues during 2019, 2018 and 2017.  Revenue from foreign country 

customers accounted for 5%, 4% and 4% of the Company’s revenues in 2019 and 2018, and 2017, respectively.

Business Model

The  Company  invests  capital  in  rental  products  and  generally  has  recovered  its  original  investment  through  rents  less  cash 
operating expenses in a relatively short period of time compared to the product’s rental life.  When the Company’s rental products are 
sold, the proceeds generally have covered a high percentage of the original investment. With these characteristics, a significant base of 
rental  assets  on  rent  generates  a  considerable  amount  of  operating  cash  flows  to  support  continued  rental  asset  growth.    The 
Company’s rental products have the following characteristics:

The product required by the customer tends to be expensive compared to the Company’s monthly rental charge, with the 
interim rental solution typically evaluated as a less costly alternative.

Generally, we believe the Company’s customers have a short-term need for our rental products.  The customer’s rental 
requirement  may  be  driven  by  a  number  of  factors  including  time,  budget  or  capital  constraints,  future  uncertainty 
impacting their ongoing requirements, equipment availability, specific project requirements, peak periods of demand or 
the customer may want to eliminate the burdens and risks of ownership.

-2-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
All  of  the  Company’s  rental  products  have  long  useful  lives  relative  to  the  typical  rental  term.    Modular  buildings 
(“modulars”) have an estimated life of eighteen years compared to the typical rental term of twelve to twenty-four months, 
electronic test equipment has an estimated life range of one to eight years (depending on the type of product) compared to 
a  typical  rental  term  of  one  to  six  months,  and  liquid  and  solid  containment  tanks  and  boxes  have  an  estimated  life  of 
twenty years compared to typical rental terms of one to six months.

We believe short-term rental rates typically recover the Company’s original investment quickly based on the respective 
product’s  annual  yield,  or  annual  rental  revenues  divided  by  the  average  cost  of  rental  equipment.    For  modulars  the 
original investment is recovered in approximately five years, in approximately three years for electronic test equipment 
and in approximately four years for liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes.

When  a  product  is  sold  from  our  rental  inventory,  a  significant  portion  of  the  original  investment  is  usually  recovered.  
Effective asset management is a critical element to each of the rental businesses and the residuals realized when product is 
sold from inventory.  Modular asset management requires designing and building the product for a long life, coupled with 
ongoing repair and maintenance investments, to ensure its long useful rental life and generally higher residuals upon sale. 
Electronic  test  equipment  asset  management  requires  understanding,  selecting  and  investing  in  equipment  technologies 
that  support  market  demand  and,  once  invested,  proactively  managing  the  equipment  at  the  model  level  for  optimum 
utilization  through  its  technology  life  cycle  to  maximize  the  rental  revenues  and  residuals  realized.    Liquid  and  solid 
containment  tanks  and  boxes  asset  management  requires  selecting  and  purchasing  quality  product  and  making  ongoing 
repair and maintenance investments to ensure its long rental life.

The Company believes that rental revenue growth from an increasing base of rental assets and improved gross profits on rents 
are  the  best  measures  of  the  health  of  each  of  our  rental  businesses.    Additionally,  we  believe  our  business  model  and  results  are 
enhanced  by  operational  leverage  that  is  created  from  large  regional  sales  and  inventory  centers  for  modulars,  a  single  U.S.  based 
sales, inventory and operations facility for electronic test equipment, as well as shared senior management and back office functions 
for financing, human resources, insurance, marketing, information technology and operating and accounting systems.

Employees

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  had  1,099  employees,  of  whom  91  were  primarily  administrative  and  executive 
personnel, with 597, 186, 136 and 89 in the operations of Mobile Modular, Adler Tanks, TRS-RenTelco and Enviroplex, respectively.  
None  of  our  employees  are  covered  by  a  collective  bargaining  agreement,  and  management  believes  its  relationship  with  our 
employees is good.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Available Information

We make the Company’s Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings available at our website www.mgrc.com.  These 
filings include our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to 
those  reports  filed  or  furnished  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1934,  which  are  available  as  soon  as 
reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes such material to, the SEC.  Information 
included on our website is not incorporated by reference to this Form 10-K.  Furthermore, all reports the Company files with the SEC 
are available through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  

We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which applies to all directors, officers and employees.  Copies of this code can 
be obtained at our website www.mgrc.com.  Any waivers to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any amendments to such 
code applicable to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer or persons performing similar 
functions, will be posted on our web site

-3-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
 
 
RELOCATABLE MODULAR BUILDINGS

Description

Modulars are designed for use as classrooms, temporary offices adjacent to existing facilities, sales offices, construction field 
offices, restroom buildings, health care clinics, child care facilities, office space, and for a variety of other purposes and may be moved 
from one location to another.  Modulars vary from simple single-unit construction site offices to multi-floor modular complexes.  The 
Company’s modular rental fleet includes a full range of styles and sizes.  The Company considers its modulars to be among the most 
attractive and well-designed available.  The units are constructed with wood or metal siding, sturdily built and physically capable of a 
long useful life. Modulars are generally provided with installed heat, air conditioning, lighting, electrical outlets and floor covering, 
and may have customized interiors including partitioning, cabinetry and plumbing facilities.

Mobile  Modular  purchases  new  modulars  from  various  manufacturers  who  build  to  Mobile  Modular’s  design  specifications.   

During 2019, Mobile Modular purchased 27% of its modular units from one manufacturer.  The Company believes that the loss of any 
of its primary modular manufacturers could have an adverse effect on its operations since Mobile Modular could experience higher 
prices and longer lead times for delivery of modular units until other manufacturers were able to increase their production capacity.

The Company’s modulars are manufactured to comply with state building codes, have a low risk of obsolescence, and can be 
modified or reconfigured to accommodate a wide variety of customer needs.  Historically, as state building codes have changed over 
the years, Mobile Modular has been able to continue to use existing modulars, with minimal, if any, required upgrades.  The Company 
has no assurance that it will continue to be able to use existing modular equipment with minimal upgrades as building codes change in 
the future.

Mobile Modular currently operates from regional sales and inventory centers in California, Texas, Florida and Georgia, serving 
large geographic areas in these states, and sales offices serving Louisiana, North Carolina, Maryland, Virginia and Washington, D.C.  
The  California,  Texas,  Florida  and  Georgia  regional  sales  and  inventory  centers  have  in-house  infrastructure  and  operational 
capabilities to support quick and efficient repair, modification, and refurbishment of equipment for the next rental opportunity.  The 
Company believes operating from large regional sales and inventory centers results in better operating margins as operating costs can 
be spread over a large installed customer base.  Mobile Modular actively maintains and repairs its rental equipment, and management 
believes this ensures the continued use of the modular product over its long life and, when sold, has resulted in higher sale proceeds 
relative to its capitalized cost.  When rental equipment returns from a customer, the necessary repairs and preventative maintenance 
are performed prior to its next rental. By making these expenditures for repair and maintenance throughout the equipment’s life we 
believe that older equipment can generally rent for rates similar to those of newer equipment.  Management believes the condition of 
the equipment is a more significant factor in determining the rental rate and sale price than its age.  Over the last three years, used 
equipment  sold  each  year  represented  approximately  2%  of  rental  equipment,  and  has  been,  on  average,  15  years  old  with  sale 
proceeds above its net book value.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

Competitive Strengths

Market Leadership – The Company believes Mobile Modular is the largest supplier in California, and a significant supplier in 
Florida  and  Texas,  of  modular  educational  facilities  for  rental  to  both  public  and  private  schools.    Management  is  knowledgeable 
about  the  needs  of  its  educational  customers  and  the  related  regulatory  requirements  in  the  states  where  Mobile  Modular  operates, 
which enables Mobile Modular to meet its customers’ specific project requirements.

Expertise  –  The  Company  believes  that  over  the  40  years  during  which  Mobile  Modular  has  competed  in  the  modular  rental 
industry,  it  has  developed  expertise  that  differentiates  it  from  its  competitors.    Mobile  Modular  has  dedicated  its  attention  to 
continuously developing and improving the quality of its modular units.  Mobile Modular has expertise in the licensing and regulatory 
requirements that govern modulars in the states where it operates, and its management, sales and operational staffs are knowledgeable 
and  committed  to  providing  exemplary  customer  service.    Mobile  Modular  has  expertise  in  project  management  and  complex 
applications.

Operating Structure – Part of the Company’s strategy for Mobile Modular is to create facilities and infrastructure capabilities 
that its competitors cannot easily duplicate.  Mobile Modular achieves this by building regional sales and inventory centers designed 
to serve a broad geographic area and a large installed customer base under a single overhead structure, thereby reducing its cost per 
transaction.  The Company’s regional facilities and related infrastructure enable Mobile Modular to maximize its modular inventory 
utilization through efficient and cost effective in-house repair, maintenance and refurbishment for quick redeployment of equipment to 
meet its customers’ needs.

Asset Management – The Company believes Mobile Modular markets high quality, well-constructed and attractive modulars. 
Mobile  Modular  requires  manufacturers  to  build  to  its  specifications,  which  enables  Mobile  Modular  to  maintain  a  standardized 

-4-

quality  fleet.    In  addition,  through  its  ongoing  repair,  refurbishment  and  maintenance  programs,  the  Company  believes  Mobile 
Modular’s  buildings  are  the  best  maintained  in  the  industry.    The  Company  depreciates  its  modular  buildings  over  an  18  year 
estimated useful life to a 50% residual value. Older buildings continue to be productive primarily because of Mobile Modular’s focus 
on  ongoing  fleet  maintenance.    Also,  as  a  result  of  Mobile  Modular’s  maintenance  programs,  when  a  modular  unit  is  sold,  a  high 
percentage  of  the  equipment’s  capitalized  cost  is  recovered.  In  addition,  the  fleet’s  utilization  is  regionally  optimized  by  managing 
inventory  through  estimates  of  market  demand,  fulfillment  of  current  rental  and  sale  order  activity,  modular  returns  and  capital 
purchases.

Customer Service - The Company believes the modular rental industry to be service intensive and locally based.  The Company 
strives  to  provide  excellent  service  by  meeting  its  commitments  to  its  customers,  being  proactive  in  resolving  project  issues  and 
seeking to continuously improve the customers’ experience.  Mobile Modular is committed to offering quick response to requests for 
information, providing experienced assistance, on time delivery and preventative maintenance of its units.  Mobile Modular’s goal is 
to  continuously  improve  its  procedures,  processes  and  computer  systems  to  enhance  internal  operational  efficiency.    The  Company 
believes this dedication to customer service results in high levels of customer loyalty and repeat business.

Market

Management estimates relocatable modular building rental is an industry that today has equipment on rent or available for rent 
in the U.S. with an aggregate original cost of over $5.0 billion.  Mobile Modular’s largest market segment is for temporary classroom 
and other educational space needs of public and private schools, colleges and universities in California and Florida, and to a lesser 
extent in Texas, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Maryland, Virginia and Washington, D.C.  Management believes 
the demand for rental classrooms is caused by shifting and fluctuating school populations, the limited state funds for new construction, 
the need for temporary classroom space during reconstruction of older schools, class size reduction and the phasing out of portable 
classrooms compliant with older building codes (see “Classroom Rentals and Sales to Public Schools (K-12)” below).  Other customer 
applications  include  sales  offices,  construction  field  offices,  health  care  facilities,  church  sanctuaries  and  child  care  facilities.  
Industrial, manufacturing, entertainment and utility companies, as well as governmental agencies commonly use large multi-modular 
complexes  to  serve  their  interim  administrative  and  operational  space  needs.    Modulars  offer  customers  quick,  cost-effective  space 
solutions while conserving their capital.  The Company’s corporate offices, and California, Texas, Florida and Georgia regional sales 
and inventory center offices are housed in various sizes of modular units.

Since  most  of  Mobile  Modular’s  customer  requirements  are  to  fill  temporary  space  needs,  Mobile  Modular’s  marketing 
emphasis is on rentals rather than sales.  Mobile Modular attracts customers through its website at www.mobilemodular.com, internet 
advertising and direct marketing.  Customers are encouraged to visit a regional sales and inventory center to view different models on 
display and to see a regional office, which is a working example of a modular application.

Because service is a major competitive factor in the rental of modulars, Mobile Modular offers quick response to requests for 
information,  assistance  in  the  choice  of  a  suitable  size  and  floor  plan,  in-house  customization  services,  rapid  delivery,  timely 
installation and field service of its units.  On Mobile Modular’s website, customers are able to view and select inventory for quotation 
and request in-field service.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Rentals

Rental  periods  range  from  one  month  to  several  years  with  a  typical  initial  contract  term  between  twelve  and  twenty-four 
months.  In  general,  monthly  rental  rates  are  determined  by  a  number  of  factors  including  length  of  term,  market  demand,  product 
availability and product type.  Upon expiration of the initial term, or any extensions, rental rates are reviewed, and when appropriate, 
are adjusted based on current market conditions.  Most rental agreements are operating leases that provide no purchase options, and 
when  a  rental  agreement  does  provide  the  customer  with  a  purchase  option,  it  is  generally  on  terms  management  believes  to  be 
attractive to Mobile Modular.

The  customer  is  responsible  for  obtaining  the  necessary  use  permits  and  for  the  costs  of  insuring  the  unit,  and  is  financially 
responsible for transporting the unit to the site, preparation of the site, installation of the unit, dismantle and return delivery of the unit 
to Mobile Modular, and certain costs for customization.  Mobile Modular maintains the units in good working condition while on rent.  
Upon  return,  the  units  are  inspected  for  damage  and  customers  are  billed  for  items  considered  beyond  normal  wear  and  tear.  
Generally,  the  units  are  then  repaired  for  subsequent  use.    Repair  and  maintenance  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred  and  can  include 
floor  repairs,  roof  maintenance,  cleaning,  painting  and  other  cosmetic  repairs.    The  costs  of  major  refurbishment  of  equipment  are 
capitalized to the extent the refurbishment significantly improves the quality and adds value or life to the equipment.

At December 31, 2019, Mobile Modular owned 56,207 new or previously rented modulars and portable storage containers with 
an aggregate cost of $868.8 million including accessories, or an average cost per unit of $15,457.  Utilization is calculated at the end 
of  each  month  by  dividing  the  cost  of  rental  equipment  on  rent  by  the  total  cost  of  rental  equipment,  excluding  new  equipment 

-5-

 
 
inventory and accessory equipment.  At December 31, 2019, fleet utilization was 79.1% and average fleet utilization during 2019 was 
79.2%.    The  Mobile  Modular  segment  includes  the  results  of  operations  of  Mobile  Modular  Portable  Storage,  which  represented 
approximately 8% of the Company’s 2019 total revenues.

Sales

In  addition  to  operating  its  rental  fleet,  Mobile  Modular  sells  modulars  to  customers.    These  sales  typically  arise  out  of  its 
marketing efforts for the rental fleet and from existing equipment already on rent.  Such sales can be of either new or used units from 
the rental fleet, which permits some turnover of older units.  During 2019 Mobile Modular’s largest sale represented approximately 
7% of Mobile Modular’s sales, 3% of the Company’s consolidated sales and less than 1% of the Company’s consolidated revenues.

Mobile Modular typically provides limited 90-day warranties on used modulars and passes through the manufacturers’ one-year 
warranty  on  new  units  to  its  customers.    Warranty  costs  have  not  been  significant  to  Mobile  Modular’s  operations  to  date,  and  the 
Company attributes this to its commitment to high quality standards and regular maintenance programs.  However, there can be no 
assurance that warranty costs will continue to be insignificant to Mobile Modular’s operations in the future.

Enviroplex manufactures portable classrooms built to the requirements of the California Division of the State Architect (“DSA”) 

and sells directly to California public school districts and other educational institutions.

Seasonality

Typically, during each calendar year, our highest numbers of classrooms are shipped for rental and sale orders during the second 
and third quarters for delivery and installation prior to the start of the upcoming school year.  The majority of classrooms shipped in 
the second and third quarters have rental start dates during the third quarter, thereby making the fourth quarter the first full quarter of 
rental revenues recognized for these transactions.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

Competition

Competition in the rental and sale of relocatable modular buildings is intense.  Some of our competitors in the modular building 
leasing  industry,  notably  WillScot  Corporation,  have  a  greater  range  of  products  and  services,  greater  financial  and  marketing 
resources,  larger  customer  bases,  and  greater  name  recognition  than  we  have.    In  addition,  a  number  of  other  smaller  companies 
operate  regionally  throughout  the  country.    Mobile  Modular  operates  primarily  in  California,  Texas,  Florida,  Louisiana,  North 
Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Virginia, Maryland and Washington, D.C.  Significant competitive factors in the rental business 
include availability, price, service, reliability, appearance and functionality of the product. Mobile Modular markets high quality, well-
constructed and attractive modulars. Part of the Company’s strategy for modulars is to create facilities and infrastructure capabilities 
that  its  competitors  cannot  easily  duplicate.    The  Company's  facilities  and  related  infrastructure  enable  it  to  modify  modulars 
efficiently  and  cost  effectively  to  meet  its  customers’  needs.  Management's  goal  is  to  be  more  responsive  at  less  expense.   
Management  believes  this  strategy,  together  with  its  emphasis  on  prompt  and  efficient  customer  service,  gives  Mobile  Modular  a 
competitive  advantage.    Mobile  Modular  is  determined  to  respond  quickly  to  requests  for  information,  and  provide  experienced 
assistance  for  the  first-time  user,  rapid  delivery  and  timely  repair  of  its  modular  units.    Mobile  Modular’s  already  high  level  of 
efficiency  and  responsiveness  continues  to  improve  as  the  Company  upgrades  procedures,  processes  and  computer  systems  that 
control its internal operations.  The Company anticipates intense competition to continue and believes it must continue to improve its 
products and services to remain competitive in the market for modulars.

Classroom Rentals and Sales to Public Schools (K-12)

Mobile Modular and Enviroplex provide classroom and specialty space needs serving public and private schools, colleges and 
universities.    Within  the  educational  market,  the  rental  (by  Mobile  Modular)  and  sale  (by  Enviroplex  and  Mobile  Modular)  of 
modulars  to  public  school  districts  for  use  as  portable  classrooms,  restroom  buildings  and  administrative  offices  for  kindergarten 
through  grade  twelve  (K-12)  are  a  significant  portion  of  the  Company’s  revenues.      Mobile  Modular  rents  and  sells  classrooms  in 
California, Florida, Texas, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Maryland, Virginia and Washington, D.C.  Enviroplex 
sells  classrooms  in  the  California  market.  California  is  Mobile  Modular’s  largest  educational  market.    Historically,  demand  in  this 
market  has  been  fueled  by  shifting  and  fluctuating  student  populations,  insufficient  funding  for  new  school  construction,  class  size 
reduction  programs,  modernization  of  aging  school  facilities  and  the  phasing  out  of  portable  classrooms  no  longer  compliant  with 
current building codes.  The following table shows the approximate percentages of the Company’s modular rental and sales revenues, 
and of its consolidated rental and sales revenues for the past five years, that rentals and sales to these schools constitute:

-6-

Rentals and Sales to Public Schools (K-12) as a Percentage of Total Rental and Sales Revenues

Percentage of:
Modular Rental Revenues (Mobile Modular)...........................................  
Modular Sales Revenues (Mobile Modular & Enviroplex)......................  
Modular Rental and Sales Revenues (Mobile Modular &
   Enviroplex) ............................................................................................  
Consolidated Rental and Sales Revenues 1...............................................  
1

2019
32%  
64%  

42%  
25%  

2018
33%  
70%  

44%  
24%  

2017
33%  
76%  

47%  
26%  

2016
34%  
67%  

43%  
23%  

2015
33%  
43%  

35%  
16%  

Consolidated  Rental  and  Sales  Revenue  percentage  is  calculated  by  dividing  Modular  rental  and  sales  revenues  to  public  schools  (K-12)  by  the  Company’s 
consolidated rental and sales revenues.

School Facility Funding

Funding for public school facilities is derived from a variety of sources including the passage of both statewide and local facility 
bond measures, operating budgets, developer fees, various taxes including parcel and sales taxes levied to support school operating 
budgets,  and  lottery  funds.    There  is  no  certainty  on  the  timing  of  the  bond  sales  and  it  could  take  additional  years  before  projects 
funded by these bonds generate meaningful demand for relocatable classrooms.  

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-7-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

ELECTRONIC TEST EQUIPMENT

Description

TRS-RenTelco rents and sells electronic test equipment nationally and internationally from two facilities located in Grapevine, 
Texas (the “Dallas facility”) and Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Canada (the “Montreal facility”).  TRS-RenTelco’s revenues are derived from 
the rental and sale of general purpose and communications test equipment to a broad range of companies, from Fortune 500 to middle 
and smaller market companies, in the aerospace, defense, communications, manufacturing and semiconductor industries.  Electronic 
test equipment revenues are primarily affected by the business activity within these industries related to research and development, 
manufacturing,  and  communication  infrastructure  installation  and  maintenance.    The  Dallas  facility,  TRS-RenTelco’s  primary 
operating  location,  houses  the  electronic  test  equipment  inventory,  sales  engineers,  calibration  laboratories,  and  operations  staff  for 
U.S. and international business.  The Montreal facility houses sales engineers and operations staff to serve the Canadian market.  As of 
December  31,  2019,  the  original  cost  of  electronic  test  equipment  inventory  was  comprised  of  77%  general  purpose  electronic  test 
equipment and 23% communications electronic test equipment.

Engineers,  technicians  and  scientists  utilize  general  purpose  electronic  test  equipment  in  developing  products,  controlling 
manufacturing processes, completing field service applications and evaluating the performance of their own electrical and electronic 
equipment.    These  instruments  are  rented  primarily  to  aerospace,  defense,  electronics,  industrial,  research  and  semiconductor 
industries. To date, Keysight Technologies, Rhode & Schwarz and Tektronix, a division of Fortive Corporation, have manufactured 
the  majority  of  TRS-RenTelco’s  general  purpose  electronic  test  equipment  with  the  remainder  acquired  from  over  60  other 
manufacturers. 

Communications  test  equipment,  including  fiber  optic  test  equipment,  is  utilized  by  technicians,  engineers  and  installation 
contractors to evaluate voice, data and multimedia communications networks, to install fiber optic cabling, and in the development 
and  manufacturing  of  transmission,  network  and  wireless  products.    These  instruments  are  rented  primarily  to  manufacturers  of 
communications  equipment  and  products,  electrical  and  communications  installation  contractors,  field  technicians,  and  service 
providers. To date, Anritsu, Viavi Solutions and Fluke Networks, a division of Fortive Corporation, have manufactured a significant 
portion of TRS-RenTelco’s communications test equipment, with the remainder acquired from over 40 other manufacturers.

TRS-RenTelco’s  general  purpose  test  equipment  rental  inventory  includes  oscilloscopes,  amplifiers,  analyzers  (spectrum, 
network  and  logic),  signal  source  and  power  source  test  equipment.    The  communications  test  equipment  rental  inventory  includes 
network and transmission test equipment for various fiber, copper and wireless networks. TRS-RenTelco occasionally rents electronic 
test equipment from other rental companies and re-rents the equipment to customers.

Competitive Strengths

Market Leadership - The Company believes that TRS-RenTelco is one of the largest electronic test equipment rental and leasing 

companies offering a broad and deep selection of general purpose and communications test equipment for rent in North America.

Expertise  -  The  Company  believes  that  its  knowledge  of  products,  technology  and  applications  expertise  provides  it  with  a 
competitive advantage over others in the industry.  Customer requirements are supported by application engineers and technicians that 
are  knowledgeable  about  the  equipment’s  uses  to  ensure  the  right  equipment  is  selected  to  meet  the  customer’s  needs.    This 
knowledge can be attributed to the experience of TRS-RenTelco’s management, sales and operational teams.

Operating  Structure  -  TRS-RenTelco  is  supported  by  a  centralized  distribution  and  inventory  center  on  the  grounds  of  the 
Dallas-Fort Worth Airport in Texas.  The Company believes that the centralization of servicing all customers in North America and 
internationally by TRS-RenTelco’s experienced logistics teams provides a competitive advantage by minimizing transaction costs and 
enabling TRS-RenTelco to ensure customer requirements are met.

Asset  Management  -  TRS-RenTelco’s  rental  equipment  inventory  is  serviced  by  an  ISO  9001-2015  registered  and  compliant 
calibration  laboratory  that  repairs  and  calibrates  equipment  ensuring  that  off  rent  equipment  is  ready  to  ship  immediately  to  meet 
customers’  needs.    TRS-RenTelco’s  team  of  technicians,  product  managers  and  sales  personnel  are  continuously  monitoring  and 
analyzing the utilization of existing products, new technologies, general economic conditions and estimates of customer demand to 
ensure the right equipment is purchased and sold, at the right point in the equipment’s technology life cycle.  The Company believes 
this  enables  it  to  maximize  utilization  of  equipment  and  the  cash  flow  generated  by  the  rental  and  sales  revenue  of  each  model  of 
equipment.  TRS-RenTelco strives to maintain strong relationships with equipment manufacturers, which enables it to leverage those 
relationships to gain rental opportunities.

Customer Service - The Company believes that its focus on providing excellent service to its customers provides a competitive 
advantage.    TRS-RenTelco  strives  to  provide  exemplary  service  to  fulfill  its  commitments  to  its  customers.    TRS-RenTelco  prides 

-8-

itself in providing solutions to meet customers’ needs by having equipment available and responding quickly and thoroughly to their 
requests.    TRS-RenTelco’s  sophisticated  in-house  laboratory  ensures  the  equipment  is  fully  functional  and  meets  its  customers’ 
delivery requirements. Service needs of TRS-RenTelco’s customers are supported 24 hours a day, 7 days a week by its customer care 
specialists.  TRS-RenTelco’s goal is to provide service beyond its customers’ expectations, which, the Company believes, results in 
customer loyalty and repeat business.

Market

Electronic test equipment rental is a market which we estimate has equipment on rent worldwide or available for rent with an 
aggregate original cost in excess of $1 billion.  There is a broad customer base for the rental of such instruments, including aerospace, 
communications, defense, electrical contractor, electronics, industrial, installer contractor, network systems and research companies.

TRS-RenTelco  markets  its  electronic  test  equipment  throughout  the  United  States,  Canada,  and,  to  a  limited  extent,  other 
countries.    TRS-RenTelco  attracts  customers  through  its  outside  sales  force,  website  at  www.TRSRenTelco.com,  telemarketing 
program,  trade  show  participation,  paid  internet  search  and  electronic  mail  campaigns.    A  key  part  of  the  sales  process  is  TRS-
RenTelco’s knowledgeable inside sales engineering team that effectively matches test equipment solutions to meet specific customer’s 
requirements.

The Company believes that customers rent electronic test equipment for many reasons.  Customers frequently need equipment 
for short-term projects, to evaluate new products, and for backup to avoid costly downtime.  Delivery times for the purchase of such 
equipment can be lengthy; thus, renting allows the customer to obtain the equipment expeditiously.  The Company also believes that 
the  relative  certainty  of  rental  costs  can  facilitate  cost  control  and  be  useful  in  the  bidding  of  and  pass-through  of  contract  costs. 
Finally, renting rather than purchasing may better satisfy the customer’s budgetary constraints.

Rentals

TRS-RenTelco  rents  electronic  test  equipment  typically  for  rental  periods  of  one  to  six  months,  although  in  some  instances, 
rental terms can be up to a year or longer.  Monthly rental rates typically are between 2% and 10% of the current manufacturers’ list 
price.  TRS-RenTelco depreciates its equipment over 1 to 8 years with no residual value.

At  December  31,  2019,  TRS-RenTelco  had  an  electronic  test  equipment  rental  inventory  including  accessories  with  an 
aggregate cost of $335.3 million.  Utilization is calculated each month by dividing the cost of the rental equipment on rent by the total 
cost of rental equipment, excluding accessory equipment.  Utilization was 64.5% as of December 31, 2019 and averaged 66.2% during 
the year.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Sales

Profit  from  equipment  sales  is  a  material  component  of  TRS-RenTelco’s  overall  annual  earnings.    Gross  profit  from  sales  of 
both  used  and  new  equipment  over  the  last  five  years  generally  has  ranged  from  approximately  20%  to  24%  of  total  annual  gross 
profit for our electronics division.  For 2019, gross profit on equipment sales was approximately 20% of total division gross profit.  
Equipment  sales  are  driven  by  the  turnover  of  older  technology  rental  equipment,  to  maintain  target  utilization  at  a  model  number 
level, and new equipment sales opportunities.  In 2019, approximately 17% of the electronic test equipment revenues were derived 
from sales.  The largest electronic test equipment sale during 2019 represented less than 4% of electronic test equipment sales, 1% of 
the Company’s consolidated sales and less than 1% of consolidated revenues.  There is intense competition in the sales of electronic 
test  equipment  from  a  world-wide  network  of  test  equipment  brokers  and  resellers,  legacy  rental  companies,  and  equipment 
manufacturers.  We believe the annual world-wide sale of electronic test equipment is in excess of $8.0 billion per year.

Seasonality

Rental  activity  may  decline  in  the  fourth  quarter  month  of  December  and  the  first  quarter  months  of  January  and  February.  
These  months  may  have  lower  rental  activity  due  to  holiday  closures,  particularly  by  larger  companies,  inclement  weather  and  its 
impact on various field related communications equipment rentals, and companies’ operational recovery from holiday closures which 
may  impact  the  start-up  of  new  projects  coming  online  in  the  first  quarter.    These  factors  may  impact  the  quarterly  results  of each 
year’s first and fourth quarter.

Competition

The electronic test equipment rental business is characterized by intense competition from several competitors, including Electro 
Rent  Corporation,  Continental  Resources,  and  TestEquity,  some  of  which  may  have  access  to  greater  financial  and  other  resources 
than we do.  TRS-RenTelco competes with these and other test equipment rental companies on the basis of product availability, price, 
service  and  reliability.    Although  no  single  competitor  holds  a  dominant  market  share,  we  face  intense  competition  from  these 
established entities and new entrants in the market.  Some of our competitors may offer similar equipment for lease, rental or sales at 
lower prices and may offer more extensive servicing, or financing options.

-9-

 
 
LIQUID AND SOLID CONTAINMENT TANKS AND BOXES

Description

Adler Tanks’ rental inventory is comprised of tanks and boxes used for various containment solutions to store hazardous and 
non-hazardous liquids and solids in applications such as: oil and gas exploration and field services, refinery, chemical and industrial 
plant  maintenance,  environmental  remediation  and  field  services,  infrastructure  building  construction,  marine  services,  pipeline 
construction and maintenance, tank terminals services, wastewater treatment, and waste management and landfill services.  The tanks 
and boxes are comprised of the following products:

fixed axle steel tanks (“tanks”) for the storage of groundwater, wastewater, volatile organic liquids, sewage, slurry and bio 
sludge, oil and water mixtures and chemicals, which are available in a variety of sizes including 21,000 gallon, 16,000 
gallon and 8,000 gallon sizes;

vacuum  containers  (“boxes”),  which  provide  secure  containment  of  sludge  and  solid  materials  and  may  be  used  for 
additional on-site storage or for transporting materials off-site enabling vacuum trucks to remain in operation;

dewatering boxes for the separation of water contained in sludge and slurry; and

roll-off and trash boxes for the temporary storage and transport of solid waste.

Adler Tanks purchases tanks and boxes from various manufacturers located throughout the country.

Competitive Strengths

Market  Leadership  -  The  Company  believes  that  Adler  Tanks  is  one  of  the  largest  participants  in  the  liquid  and  solid 
containment tanks and boxes rental business in North America.  Adler Tanks has national reach from branches serving the Northeast, 
Mid-Atlantic, Midwest, Southeast, Southwest and West.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

Expertise and Customer Service – The Company believes that Adler Tanks has highly experienced operating management and 
branch employees. Adler Tanks employees are knowledgeable about the operation of its rental equipment and customer applications. 
The Company believes that Adler Tanks provides a superior level of customer service due to its strong relationship building skills and 
the quality of its responsiveness.

Asset  Management  –  The  Company  believes  that  Adler  Tanks  markets  a  high  quality,  well-constructed  and  well-maintained 
rental product.  The Company depreciates its tanks and boxes over a 20 year estimated useful life to 0% residual value.  We believe 
that if maintained, older tanks and boxes will continue to produce similar rental rates as newer equipment.  The fleet’s utilization is 
regionally  optimized  by  understanding  key  vertical  market  customer  demand,  seasonality  factors,  competitor’s  product  availability, 
expected equipment returns and manufacturer’s production capacity.

Market

Liquid  and  solid  containment  equipment  rental  is  a  market  in  the  U.S  with  a  large  and  diverse  number  of  market  segments 
including oil and gas exploration and field services, refinery, chemical and industrial plant maintenance, environmental remediation 
and  field  services,  infrastructure  building  construction,  marine  services,  pipeline  construction  and  maintenance,  electrical  grid 
transformer maintenance, tank terminals services, wastewater treatment, and waste management and landfill services.

The tank and box rental products may be utilized throughout the U.S. and are not subject to any local or regional construction 

code or approval standards.

Rentals

Adler Tanks rents tanks and boxes typically for rental periods of one to six months, although in some instances, rental terms can 
be up to a year or longer.  Monthly rental rates typically are between 2% and 10% of the equipment’s original acquisition cost.  At 
December  31,  2019,  Adler  Tanks  had  rental  equipment  inventory  including  accessories  with  an  aggregate  cost  of  $316.3  million.  
Utilization  is  calculated  each  month  by  dividing  the  cost  of  the  rental  equipment  on  rent  by  the  total  cost  of  rental  equipment, 
excluding accessory equipment.  Utilization was 48.4% at December 31, 2019 and averaged 54.7% during the year.

-10-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
Seasonality

Rental  activity  may  decline  in  the  fourth  quarter  month  of  December  and  the  first  quarter  months  of  January  and  February.  
These months may have lower rental activity due to inclement weather in certain regions of the country impacting the industries that 
we serve.

Competition

The liquid and solid containment rental industry is highly competitive including national, regional and local companies.  Some 
of our national competitors, notably United Rentals (acquired BakerCorp in July 2018), Rain For Rent and Mobile Mini, may be larger 
than we are and may have greater financial and other resources than we have.  Some of our competitors also have longer operating 
histories, lower cost basis of rental equipment, lower cost structures and more established relationships with equipment manufacturers 
than we have.  In addition, certain of our competitors are more geographically diverse than we are and have greater name recognition 
among  customers  than  we  do.    As  a  result,  our  competitors  that  have  these  advantages  may  be  better  able  to  attract  and  retain 
customers  and  provide  their  products  and  services  at  lower  rental  rates.    Adler  Tanks  competes  with  these  companies  based  upon 
product availability, product quality, price, service and reliability.  We may encounter increased competition in the markets that we 
serve from existing competitors or from new market entrants in the future.

REPORTABLE SEGMENTS

For segment information regarding the Company’s four reportable business segments:  Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco, Adler 
Tanks and Enviroplex, see “Note 12. Segment Reporting” to the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company included in 
“Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-11-

 
 
PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

The following table shows the revenue components, percentage of rental and total revenues, rental equipment (at cost), rental 
equipment (net book value), number of relocatable modular units, year-end and average utilization, average rental equipment (at cost), 
annual  yield  on  average  rental  equipment  (at  cost)  and  gross  margin  on  rental  revenues  and  sales  by  product  line  for  the  past  five 
years.

Product Highlights

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Relocatable Modular Buildings (operating under Mobile
   Modular and Enviroplex)
Revenues

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

2015

Rental................................................................................  $ 182,316 
69,395 
Rental related services......................................................   
251,711 
Total Modular rental operations..................................   
47,043 
Sales — Mobile Modular .................................................   
39,814 
Sales — Enviroplex..........................................................   
86,857 
Total Modular sales.....................................................   
2,256 
Other .................................................................................   
Total Modular revenues ..............................................  $ 340,824 

 $ 159,136 
54,696 
213,832 
39,467 
29,046 
68,513 
1,275 
 $ 283,620 

 $ 142,584 
50,448 
193,032 
37,435 
31,369 
68,804 
799 
 $ 262,635 

 $ 130,496 
49,206 
179,702 
29,393 
22,121 
51,514 
417 
 $ 231,633 

 $ 115,986 
45,616 
161,602 
22,248 
10,612 
32,860 
434 
 $ 194,896 

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

51.5%   
59.8%   

Percentage of rental revenues ................................................   
Percentage of total revenues ..................................................   
Rental equipment, at cost (year-end) .....................................  $ 868,807 
Rental equipment, net book value (year-end) ........................  $ 610,048 
Number of units (year-end)....................................................   
56,207 
Utilization (year-end) 1 ..........................................................   
Average utilization 1 ..............................................................   
Average rental equipment, at cost 2 .......................................  $ 795,250 
Annual yield on average rental equipment, at cost 4..............   
Gross margin on rental revenues............................................   
Gross margin on sales ............................................................   

79.1%   
79.2%   

22.9%   
59.8%   
33.9%   

49.9%   
56.9%   

49.3%   
56.8%   

48.1%   
54.6%   

42.4%
48.2%

 $ 817,375 
 $ 572,032 
53,035 

 $ 775,400 
 $ 543,857 
52,188 

 $ 769,190 
 $ 544,421 
50,577 

 $ 736,875 
 $ 529,483 
47,995 

79.3%   
78.2%   

77.8%   
76.8%   

77.3%   
76.6%   

76.9%
75.8%

 $ 756,513 

 $ 747,478 

 $ 724,333 

 $ 667,953 

21.0%   
59.8%   
30.7%   

19.1%   
56.1%   
28.0%   

18.0%   
56.6%   
29.0%   

17.4%
53.4%
26.5%

Electronic Test Equipment (operating under
   TRS-RenTelco)
Revenues

Rental................................................................................  $ 103,704 
3,260 
Rental related services......................................................   
106,964 
Total Electronics rental operations .............................   
22,106 
Sales..................................................................................   
2,413 
Other .................................................................................   
Total Electronics revenues ..........................................  $ 131,483 

 $

89,937 
3,300 
93,237 
23,061 
2,359 
 $ 118,657 

 $

82,812 
2,858 
85,670 
20,334 
2,040 
 $ 108,044 

 $

82,307 
2,846 
85,153 
21,582 
1,882 
 $ 108,617 

 $

89,208 
3,055 
92,263 
21,137 
1,617 
 $ 115,017 

29.3%   
23.1%   

Percentage of rental revenues ................................................   
Percentage of total revenues ..................................................   
Rental equipment, at cost (year-end) .....................................  $ 335,343 
Rental equipment, net book value (year-end) ........................  $ 172,413 
Utilization (year-end) 1 ..........................................................   
Average utilization 1 ..............................................................   
Average rental equipment, at cost 3 .......................................  $ 306,426 
Annual yield on average rental equipment, at cost 4..............   
Gross margin on rental revenues............................................   
Gross margin on sales ............................................................   

33.8%   
43.8%   
56.2%   

64.5%   
66.2%   

28.2%   
23.8%   

28.6%   
23.4%   

30.3%   
25.6%   

32.6%
28.4%

 $ 285,052 
 $ 131,450 

 $ 262,325 
 $ 109,482 

 $ 246,325 
90,172 
 $
61.7%   
62.9%   

61.0%   
60.6%   

 $ 262,945 
 $ 102,191 

58.7%
60.5%

62.1%   
62.7%   

 $ 275,891 

 $ 252,332 

 $ 254,019 

 $ 265,832 

32.6%   
43.6%   
54.6%   

32.8%   
44.0%   
56.9%   

32.4%   
39.8%   
50.9%   

33.6%
39.9%
48.6%

-12-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Liquid and Solid Containment Tanks and Boxes
   (operating under Adler Tanks)
Revenues

2019

2018

Year Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2015

 $

67,869 
28,383 
96,252 
1,266 
405 
97,923 

Rental ...............................................................................  $
Rental related services .....................................................   
Total Tanks and Boxes rental operations ...................   
Sales .................................................................................   
Other.................................................................................   
Total Tanks and Boxes revenues ................................  $
Percentage of rental revenues ................................................   
Percentage of total revenues..................................................   
Rental equipment, at cost (year-end).....................................  $ 316,261 
Rental equipment, net book value (year-end)........................  $ 185,039 
Utilization (year-end) 1 ..........................................................   
Average utilization 1 ..............................................................   
Average rental equipment, at cost 2 .......................................  $ 313,810 
Annual yield on average rental equipment, at cost 4 .............   
Gross margin on rental revenues ...........................................   
Gross margin on sales............................................................   

48.4%   
54.7%   

21.6%   
58.3%   
25.1%   

 $
19.2%   
17.2%   

69,701 
24,911 
94,612 
1,044 
397 
96,053 

 $

 $

 $

64,021 
24,762 
88,783 
2,362 
210 
91,355 

58,585 
23,807 
82,392 
1,314 
124 
83,830 

 $
21.9%   
19.3%   

 $
22.1%   
19.8%   

 $
21.6%   
19.8%   

68,502 
24,643 
93,145 
1,388 
98 
94,631 

25.0%
23.4%

 $ 313,573 
 $ 197,533 

 $ 309,808 
 $ 208,981 

 $ 308,542 
 $ 221,778 

 $ 310,263 
 $ 237,927 

56.4%   
59.9%   

57.5%   
56.0%   

50.7%   
50.1%   

49.7%
58.3%

 $ 310,401 

 $ 307,558 

 $ 307,416 

 $ 304,001 

22.4%   
61.1%   
3.7%   

20.8%   
58.7%   
15.2%   

19.1%   
55.5%   
(2.1)%   

22.5%
61.9%
(25.1)%

Total revenues......................................................................  $ 570,230 
1

Utilization is calculated each month by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment.  Average utilization is calculated 
using the average cost of equipment for the year.
Average rental equipment, at cost for modulars and tanks and boxes excludes new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.
Average rental equipment, at cost, for electronics excludes accessory equipment.
Annual yield on average rental equipment, at cost is calculated by dividing the total annual rental revenues by the average rental equipment, at cost.

2
3
4

 $ 498,330 

 $ 462,034 

 $ 424,080 

 $ 404,544  

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-13-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following discussion of various risks and uncertainties.  We believe these risk factors are the 
most relevant to our business and could cause our results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements made by us.  Our 
business, financial condition, and results of operations could be seriously harmed if any of these risks or uncertainties actually occur or 
materialize.  In that event, the market price for our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Our future operating results may fluctuate, fail to match past performance or fail to meet expectations, which may result in a 
decrease in our stock price.

Our  operating  results  may  fluctuate  in  the  future,  may  fail  to  match  our  past  performance  or  fail  to  meet  the  expectations  of 
analysts and investors.  Our results and related ratios, such as gross margin, operating income percentage and effective tax rate may 
fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control including but not limited to:

general economic conditions in the geographies and industries where we rent and sell our products;

legislative and educational policies where we rent and sell our products;

the budgetary constraints of our customers;

seasonality of our rental businesses and our end-markets;

success of our strategic growth initiatives;

costs associated with the launching or integration of new or acquired businesses;

the timing and type of equipment purchases, rentals and sales;

the nature and duration of the equipment needs of our customers;

the timing of new product introductions by us, our suppliers and our competitors;

the volume, timing and mix of maintenance and repair work on our rental equipment;

our equipment mix, availability, utilization and pricing;

the mix, by state and country, of our revenues, personnel and assets;

rental equipment impairment from excess, obsolete or damaged equipment;

movements in interest rates or tax rates;

changes in, and application of, accounting rules;

changes in the regulations applicable to us; and

litigation matters.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

As a result of these factors, our historical financial results are not necessarily indicative of our future results or stock price.

Our stock price has fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate in the future, which may result in a decline in the value of your 
investment in our common stock.

The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  fluctuates  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  and  is  likely  to  be  affected  by  a 

number of factors including but not limited to:

our  operating  performance  and  the  performance  of  our  competitors,  and  in  particular  any  variations  in  our  operating 
results or dividend rate from our stated guidance or from investors’ expectations;

any  changes  in  general  conditions  in  the  global  economy,  the  industries  in  which  we  operate  or  the  global  financial 
markets;

investors’ reaction to our press releases, public announcements or filings with the SEC;

the stock price performance of our competitors or other comparable companies;

any  changes  in  research  analysts’  coverage,  recommendations  or  earnings  estimates  for  us  or  for  the  stocks  of  other 
companies in our industry;

-14-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
any sales of common stock by our directors, executive officers and our other large shareholders, particularly in light of the 
limited trading volume of our stock;

any merger and acquisition activity that involves us or our competitors; and

other announcements or developments affecting us, our industry, customers, suppliers or competitors.

In addition, in recent years the U.S. stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations.  These fluctuations 
are often unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.  Additionally, the most recent global credit crisis adversely 
affected the prices of most publicly traded stocks as many stockholders became more willing to divest their stock holdings at lower 
values to increase their cash flow and reduce exposure to such fluctuations.  These broad market fluctuations and any other negative 
economic  trends  may  cause  declines  in  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  and  may  be  based  upon  factors  that  have  little  or 
nothing to do with our Company or its performance, and these fluctuations and trends could materially reduce our stock price.

Our ability to retain our executive management and to recruit, retain and motivate key qualified employees is critical to the 
success of our business.

If we cannot successfully recruit and retain qualified personnel, our operating results and stock price may suffer.  We believe 
that our success is directly linked to the competent people in our organization, including our executive officers, senior managers and 
other key personnel, and in particular, Joe Hanna, our Chief Executive Officer.  Personnel turnover can be costly and could materially 
and adversely impact our operating results and can potentially jeopardize the success of our current strategic initiatives. We need to 
attract and retain highly qualified personnel to replace personnel when turnover occurs, as well as add to our staff levels as growth 
occurs.  Our business and stock price likely will suffer if we are unable to fill, or experience delays in filling open positions, or fail to 
retain key personnel.

Failure  by  third  parties  to  manufacture  and  deliver  our  products  to  our  specifications  or  on  a  timely  basis  may  harm  our 
reputation and financial condition.

We depend on third parties to manufacture our products even though we are able to purchase products from a variety of third-
party  suppliers.    In  the  future,  we  may  be  limited  as  to  the  number  of  third-party  suppliers  for  some  of  our  products.  Although  in 
general  we  make  advance  purchases  of  some  products  to  help  ensure  an  adequate  supply,  currently  we  do  not  have  any  long-term 
purchase contracts with any third-party supplier.  We may experience supply problems as a result of financial or operating difficulties 
or failure of our suppliers, or shortages and discontinuations resulting from product obsolescence or other shortages or allocations by 
our suppliers.  Unfavorable economic conditions may also adversely affect our suppliers or the terms on which we purchase products.  
In the future, we may not be able to negotiate arrangements with third parties to secure products that we require in sufficient quantities 
or on reasonable terms.  If we cannot negotiate arrangements with third parties to produce our products or if the third parties fail to 
produce our products to our specifications or in a timely manner, our reputation and financial condition could be harmed.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

A breach of our information technology systems could subject us to liability, reputational damage or interrupt the operation of 
our business.

We  rely  upon  our  information  technology  systems  and  infrastructure  for  our  business.  We  could  experience  theft  of 
confidential  information  or  reputational  damage  from  industrial  espionage  attacks,  malware  or  other  cyber-attacks,  which  may 
compromise our system infrastructure or lead to data leakage, either internally or at our third-party providers. Similarly, data privacy 
breaches by those who access our systems may pose a risk that sensitive data, including intellectual property, trade secrets or personal 
information belonging to us, our employees, customers or other business partners, may be exposed to unauthorized persons or to the 
public. Cyber-attacks are increasing in their frequency, sophistication and intensity, and have become increasingly difficult to detect. 
There can be no assurance that our efforts to protect our data and information technology systems will prevent breaches in our systems 
(or that of our third-party providers) that could adversely affect our business and result in financial and reputational harm to us, theft 
of trade secrets and other proprietary information, legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal 
information, and regulatory penalties.

Disruptions  in  our  information  technology  systems  or  failure  to  protect  these  systems  against  security  breaches  could 
adversely affect our business and results of operations.  Additionally, if these systems fail, become unavailable for any period 
of time or are not upgraded, this could limit our ability to effectively monitor and control our operations and adversely affect 
our operations.

Our information technology systems facilitate our ability to transact business, monitor and control our operations and adjust to 
changing  market  conditions.    Any  disruption  in  our  information  technology  systems  or  the  failure  of  these  systems  to  operate  as 

-15-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
 
 
K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

expected  could,  depending  on  the  magnitude  of  the  problem,  adversely  affect  our  operating  results  by  limiting  our  capacity  to 
effectively transact business, monitor and control our operations and adjust to changing market conditions in a timely manner.

In  addition,  because  of  recent  advances  in  technology  and  well-known  efforts  on  the  part  of  computer  hackers  and  cyber-
terrorists to breach data security of companies, we face risks associated with potential failure to adequately protect critical corporate, 
customer and employee data, which, if released, could adversely impact our customer relationships, our reputation, and even violate 
privacy laws.  As part of our business, we develop, receive and retain confidential data about our company and our customers.

Further, the delay or failure to implement information system upgrades and new systems effectively could disrupt our business, 
distract management’s focus and attention from our business operations and growth initiatives, and increase our implementation and 
operating costs, any of which could negatively impact our operations and operating results.

We have engaged in acquisitions and may engage in future acquisitions that could negatively impact our results of operations, 
financial condition and business.

Previously, we acquired Technology Rentals & Services (“TRS”), an electronic test equipment rental business and Adler Tanks, 
a liquid and solid containment rental business, as well as several smaller acquisitions that were integrated into our current operating 
segments.    We  anticipate  that  we  will  continue  to  consider  acquisitions  in  the  future  that  meet  our  strategic  growth  plans.    We  are 
unable to predict whether or when any prospective acquisition will be completed.  Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the 
following:

difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired companies;

diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of our business;

difficulties  in  entering  markets  in  which  we  have  no  or  limited  direct  prior  experience  and  where  competitors  in  such 
markets may have stronger market positions;

difficulties  in  complying  with  regulations  applicable  to  any  acquired  business,  such  as  environmental  regulations,  and 
managing risks related to an acquired business;

timely completion of necessary financing and required amendments, if any, to existing agreements;

an inability to implement uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;

undiscovered  and  unknown  problems,  defects,  damaged  assets  liabilities,  or  other  issues  related  to  any  acquisition  that 
become known to us only after the acquisition;

negative reactions from our customers to an acquisition;

disruptions among employees related to any acquisition which may erode employee morale;

loss of key employees, including costly litigation resulting from the termination of those employees;

an inability to realize cost efficiencies or synergies that we may anticipate when selecting acquisition candidates;

recording of goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to future impairment testing and potential 
periodic impairment charges;

incurring amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets; and

becoming subject to litigation.

Acquisitions  are  inherently  risky,  and  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  our  future  acquisitions  will  be  successful  or  will  not 
adversely  affect  our  business,  operating  results,  or  financial  condition.    The  success  of  our  acquisition  strategy  depends  upon  our 
ability to successfully complete acquisitions and integrate any businesses that we acquire into our existing business.  The difficulties 
of  integration  could  be  increased  by  the  necessity  of  coordinating  geographically  dispersed  organizations;  maintaining  acceptable 
standards, controls, procedures and policies; integrating personnel with disparate business backgrounds; combining different corporate 
cultures; and the impairment of relationships with employees and customers as a result of any integration of new management and 
other  personnel.    In  addition,  if  we  consummate  one  or  more  significant  future  acquisitions  in  which  the  consideration  consists  of 
stock or other securities, our existing shareholders’ ownership could be diluted significantly. If we were to proceed with one or more 
significant  future  acquisitions  in  which  the  consideration  included  cash,  we  could  be  required  to  use,  to  the  extent  available,  a 
substantial portion of our Credit Facility.  If we increase the amount borrowed against our available credit line, we would increase the 
risk  of  breaching  the  covenants  under  our  credit  facilities  with  our  lenders.    In  addition,  it  would  limit  our  ability  to  make  other 
investments, or we may be required to seek additional debt or equity financing. Any of these items could adversely affect our results 
of operations.

-16-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
If  we  determine  that  our  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  have  become  impaired,  we  may  incur  impairment  charges,  which 
would negatively impact our operating results.

At  December  31,  2019,  we  had  $35.5  million  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  net,  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.  
Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  cost  over  the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  in  business  combinations.    Under  accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America, we assess potential impairment of our goodwill and intangible assets at 
least annually, as well as on an interim basis to the extent that factors or indicators become apparent that could reduce the fair value of 
any of our businesses below book value.  Impairment may result from significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired asset, 
negative industry or economic trends and significant underperformance relative to historic or projected operating results.

Our rental equipment is subject to residual value risk upon disposition, and may not sell at the prices or in the quantities we 
expect.

The  market  value  of  any  given  piece  of  rental  equipment  could  be  less  than  its  depreciated  value  at  the  time  it  is  sold.  The 

market value of used rental equipment depends on several factors, including:

the market price for new equipment of a like kind;

the age of the equipment at the time it is sold, as well as wear and tear on the equipment relative to its age;

the supply of used equipment on the market;

technological advances relating to the equipment;

worldwide and domestic demand for used equipment; and

general economic conditions.

We include in income from operations the difference between the sales price and the depreciated value of an item of equipment 
sold. Changes in our assumptions regarding depreciation could change our depreciation expense, as well as the gain or loss realized 
upon  disposal  of  equipment.    Sales  of  our  used  rental  equipment  at  prices  that  fall  significantly  below  our  projections  or  in  lesser 
quantities than we anticipate will have a negative impact on our results of operations and cash flows.

If we do not effectively manage our credit risk, collect on our accounts receivable or recover our rental equipment from our 
customers’ sites, it could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

We  generally  rent  and  sell  to  customers  on  30  day  payment  terms,  individually  perform  credit  evaluation  procedures  on  our 
customers for each transaction and require security deposits or other forms of security from our customers when a significant credit 
risk is identified. Historically, accounts receivable write-offs and write-offs related to equipment not returned by customers have not 
been significant and have averaged less than 1% of total revenues over the last five years.  If economic conditions deteriorate, we may 
see an increase in bad debt relative to historical levels, which may materially and adversely affect our operations. Business segments 
that experience significant market disruptions or declines may experience increased customer credit risk and higher bad debt expense. 
Failure to manage our credit risk and receive timely payments on our customer accounts receivable may result in write-offs and/or loss 
of equipment, particularly electronic test equipment.  If we are not able to effectively manage credit risk issues, or if a large number of 
our customers should have financial difficulties at the same time, our receivables and equipment losses could increase above historical 
levels.  If this should occur, our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Effective  management  of  our  rental  assets  is  vital  to  our  business.    If  we  are  not  successful  in  these  efforts,  it  could  have  a 
material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our modular, electronics and liquid and solid containment rental products have long useful lives and managing those assets is a 
critical element to each of our rental businesses.  Generally, we design units and find manufacturers to build them to our specifications 
for  our  modular  and  liquid  and  solid  containment  tanks  and  boxes.  Modular  asset  management  requires  designing  and  building  the 
product for a long life that anticipates the needs of our customers, including anticipating potential changes in legislation, regulations, 
building  codes  and  local  permitting  in  the  various  markets  in  which  the  Company  operates.  Electronic  test  equipment  asset 
management  requires  understanding,  selecting  and  investing  in  equipment  technologies  that  support  market  demand,  including 
anticipating  technological  advances  and  changes  in  manufacturers’  selling  prices.    Liquid  and  solid  containment  asset  management 
requires designing and building the product for a long life, using quality components and repairing and maintaining the products to 
prevent  leaks.    For  each  of  our  modular,  electronic  test  equipment  and  liquid  and  solid  containment  assets,  we  must  successfully 
maintain and repair this equipment cost-effectively to maximize the useful life of the products and the level of proceeds from the sale 
of such products. To the extent that we are unable to do so, our result of operations could be materially adversely affected.

-17-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
 
 
The nature of our businesses, including the ownership of industrial property, exposes us to the risk of litigation and liability 
under environmental, health and safety and products liability laws.  Violations of environmental or health and safety related 
laws or associated liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to national, state, provincial and local environmental laws and regulations concerning, among other things, solid 
and liquid waste and hazardous substances handling, storage and disposal and employee health and safety.  These laws and regulations 
are  complex  and  frequently  change.    We  could  incur  unexpected  costs,  penalties  and  other  civil  and  criminal  liability  if  we  fail  to 
comply with applicable environmental or health and safety laws.  We also could incur costs or liabilities related to waste disposal or 
remediating  soil  or  groundwater  contamination  at  our  properties,  at  our  customers’  properties  or  at  third  party  landfill  and  disposal 
sites.    These  liabilities  can  be  imposed  on  the  parties  generating,  transporting  or  disposing  of  such  substances  or  on  the  owner  or 
operator of any affected property, often without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence 
of hazardous substances.

Several aspects of our businesses involve risks of environmental and health and safety liability.  For example, our operations 
involve  the  use  of  petroleum  products,  solvents  and  other  hazardous  substances  in  the  construction  and  maintaining  of  modular 
buildings and for fueling and maintaining our delivery trucks and vehicles.  We also own, transport and rent tanks and boxes in which 
waste materials are placed by our customers.  The historical operations at some of our previously or currently owned or leased and 
newly  acquired  or  leased  properties  may  have  resulted  in  undiscovered  soil  or  groundwater  contamination  or  historical  non-
compliance by third parties for which we could be held liable.  Future events, such as changes in existing laws or policies or their 
enforcement, or the discovery of currently unknown contamination or non-compliance, may also give rise to liabilities or other claims 
based  on  these  operations  that  may  be  material.    In  addition,  compliance  with  future  environmental  or  health  and  safety  laws  and 
regulations may require significant capital or operational expenditures or changes to our operations.

Accordingly, in addition to potential penalties for non-compliance, we may become liable, either contractually or by operation 
of law, for investigation, remediation and monitoring costs even if the contaminated property is not presently owned or operated by us, 
or if the contamination was caused by third parties during or prior to our ownership or operation of the property.  In addition, certain 
parties  may  be  held  liable  for  more  than  their  “fair”  share  of  environmental  investigation  and  cleanup  costs.  Contamination  and 
exposure to hazardous substances or other contaminants such as mold can also result in claims for remediation or damages, including 
personal  injury,  property  damage,  and  natural  resources  damage  claims.    Although  expenses  related  to  environmental  compliance, 
health and safety issues, and related matters have not been material to date, we cannot assure that we will not have to make significant 
expenditures in the future in order to comply with applicable laws and regulations.  Violations of environmental or health and safety 
related laws or associated liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In  general,  litigation  in  the  industries  in  which  we  operate,  including  class  actions  that  seek  substantial  damages,  arises  with 
increasing  frequency.    Enforcement  of  environmental  and  health  and  safety  requirements  is  also  frequent.    Such  proceedings  are 
invariably expensive, regardless of the merit of the plaintiffs’ or prosecutors’ claims.  We may be named as a defendant in the future, 
and  there  can  be  no  assurance,  irrespective  of  the  merit  of  such  future  actions,  that  we  will  not  be  required  to  make  substantial 
settlement payments in the future. Further, a significant portion of our business is conducted in California which is one of the most 
highly  regulated  and  litigious  states  in  the  country.    Therefore,  our  potential  exposure  to  losses  and  expenses  due  to  new  laws, 
regulations or litigation may be greater than companies with a less significant California presence.

The nature of our business also subjects us to property damage and product liability claims, especially in connection with our 
modular  buildings  and  tank  and  box  rental  businesses.  Although  we  maintain  liability  coverage  that  we  believe  is  commercially 
reasonable, an unusually large property damage or product liability claim or a series of claims could exceed our insurance coverage or 
result in damage to our reputation.

Our  routine  business  activities  expose  us  to  risk  of  litigation  from  employees,  vendors  and  other  third  parties,  which  could 
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We may be subject to claims arising from disputes with employees, vendors and other third parties in the normal course of our 
business;  these  risks  may  be  difficult  to  assess  or  quantify  and  their  existence  and  magnitude  may  remain  unknown  for  substantial 
periods of time.  If the plaintiffs in any suits against us were to successfully prosecute their claims, or if we were to settle any such 
suits  by  making  significant  payments  to  the  plaintiffs,  our  operating  results  and  financial  condition  would  be  harmed.    Even  if  the 
outcome of a claim proves favorable to us, litigation can be time consuming and costly and may divert management resources.  In 
addition, our organizational documents require us to indemnify our senior executives to the maximum extent permitted by California 
law.    We  maintain  directors’  and  officers’  liability  insurance  that  we  believe  is  commercially  reasonable  in  connection  with  such 
obligations, but if our senior executives were named in any lawsuit, our indemnification obligations could magnify the costs of these 
suits and/or exceed the coverage of such policies.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

-18-

If  we  suffer  loss  to  our  facilities,  equipment  or  distribution  system  due  to  catastrophe,  our  insurance  policies  could  be 
inadequate or depleted, our operations could be seriously harmed, which could negatively affect our operating results.

Our  facilities,  rental  equipment  and  distribution  systems  may  be  subject  to  catastrophic  loss  due  to  fire,  flood,  hurricane, 
earthquake, terrorism or other natural or man-made disasters.  In particular, our headquarters, three operating facilities, and certain of 
our rental equipment are located in areas of California, with above average seismic activity and could be subject to catastrophic loss 
caused by an earthquake.  Our rental equipment and facilities in Texas, Louisiana, Florida, North Carolina and Georgia are located in 
areas  subject  to  hurricanes  and  other  tropical  storms.    In  addition  to  customers’  insurance  on  rented  equipment,  we  carry  property 
insurance  on  our  rental  equipment  in  inventory  and  operating  facilities  as  well  as  business  interruption  insurance.    We  believe  our 
insurance policies have adequate limits and deductibles to mitigate the potential loss exposure of our business.  We do not maintain 
financial reserves for policy deductibles and our insurance policies contain exclusions that are customary for our industry, including 
exclusions  for  earthquakes,  flood  and  terrorism.    If  any  of  our  facilities  or  a  significant  amount  of  our  rental  equipment  were  to 
experience a catastrophic loss, it could disrupt our operations, delay orders, shipments and revenue recognition and result in expenses 
to repair or replace the damaged rental equipment and facility not covered by insurance, which could have a material adverse effect on 
our results of operations.

Our debt instruments contain covenants that restrict or prohibit our ability to enter into a variety of transactions and may 
limit  our  ability  to  finance  future  operations  or  capital  needs.  If  we  have  an  event  of  default  under  these  instruments,  our 
indebtedness could be accelerated and we may not be able to refinance such indebtedness or make the required accelerated 
payments.

The agreements governing our Series B and Series C Senior Notes (as defined and more fully described under the heading “Item 
7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources”) and 
our Credit Facility contain various covenants that limit our discretion in operating our business.  In particular, we are limited in our 
ability to merge, consolidate, reorganize or transfer substantially all of our assets, make investments, pay dividends or distributions, 
redeem or repurchase stock, change the nature of our business, enter into transactions with affiliates, incur indebtedness and create 
liens on our assets to secure debt.  In addition, we are required to meet certain financial covenants under these instruments.  These 
restrictions  could  limit  our  ability  to  obtain  future  financing,  make  strategic  acquisitions  or  needed  capital  expenditures,  withstand 
economic  downturns  in  our  business  or  the  economy  in  general,  conduct  operations  or  otherwise  take  advantage  of  business 
opportunities that may arise.

A failure to comply with the restrictions contained in these agreements could lead to an event of default, which could result in 
an acceleration of our indebtedness.  In the event of an acceleration, we may not have or be able to obtain sufficient funds to refinance 
our indebtedness or make any required accelerated payments.  If we default on our indebtedness, our business financial condition and 
results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

The majority of our indebtedness is subject to variable interest rates, which makes us vulnerable to increases in interest rates, 
which could negatively affect our net income.

Our indebtedness exposes us to interest rate increases because the majority of our indebtedness is subject to variable rates.  At 
present, we do not have any derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps or hedges to mitigate interest rate variability. 
The  interest  rates  under  our  credit  facilities  are  reset  at  varying  periods.  These  interest  rate  adjustments  could  cause  periodic 
fluctuations in our operating results and cash flows.  Our annual debt service obligations increase by approximately $1.9 million per 
year for each 1% increase in the average interest rate we pay based on the $193.4 million balance of variable rate debt outstanding at 
December 31, 2019.  If interest rates rise in the future, and, particularly if they rise significantly, interest expense will increase and our 
net income will be negatively affected.

Our  effective  tax  rate  may  change  and  become  less  predictable  as  our  business  expands,  making  our  future  earnings  less 
predictable.

We  continue  to  consider  expansion  opportunities  domestically  and  internationally  for  our  rental  businesses.    Since  the 
Company’s effective tax rate depends on business levels, personnel and assets located in various jurisdictions, further expansion into 
new  markets  or  acquisitions  may  change  the  effective  tax  rate  in  the  future  and  may  make  it,  and  consequently  our  earnings,  less 
predictable going forward.  In addition, the enactment of future tax law changes by federal and state taxing authorities may impact the 
Company’s current period tax provision and its deferred tax liabilities.

-19-

 
 
Changes in financial accounting standards may cause lower than expected operating results and affect our reported results of 
operations.

Changes in accounting standards and their application may have a significant effect on our reported results on a going-forward 
basis  and  may  also  affect  the  recording  and  disclosure  of  previously  reported  transactions.    New  accounting  pronouncements  and 
varying  interpretations  of  accounting  pronouncements  have  occurred  in  the  past  and  may  occur  in  the  future.    Changes  to  existing 
rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business.

Failure  to  comply  with  internal  control  attestation  requirements  could  lead  to  loss  of  public  confidence  in  our  financial 
statements and negatively impact our stock price.

As a public reporting company, we are required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including Section 404, and the 
related rules and regulations of the SEC, including expanded disclosures and accelerated reporting requirements.  Compliance with 
Section 404 and other related requirements has increased our costs and will continue to require additional management resources.  We 
may  need  to  continue  to  implement  additional  finance  and  accounting  systems,  procedures  and  controls  to  satisfy  new  reporting 
requirements.  While  our  management  concluded  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2019  was 
effective,  there  is  no  assurance  that  future  assessments  of  the  adequacy  of  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  will  be 
favorable.  If we are unable to obtain future unqualified reports as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, 
investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our internal control over financial reporting, which could adversely affect our stock 
price.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

SPECIFIC RISKS RELATED TO OUR RELOCATABLE MODULAR BUILDINGS BUSINESS SEGMENT:

Significant  reductions  of,  or  delays  in,  funding  to  public  schools  have  caused  the  demand  and  pricing  for  our  modular 
classroom  units  to  decline,  which  has  in  the  past  caused,  and  may  cause  in  the  future,  a  reduction  in  our  revenues  and 
profitability.

Rentals and sales of modular buildings to public school districts for use as classrooms, restroom buildings, and administrative 
offices for K-12 represent a significant portion of Mobile Modular’s rental and sales revenues.  Funding for public school facilities is 
derived from a variety of sources including the passage of both statewide and local facility bond measures, developer fees and various 
taxes levied to support school operating budgets.  Many of these funding sources are subject to financial and political considerations, 
which vary from district to district and are not tied to demand.  Historically, we have benefited from the passage of statewide and local 
facility bond measures and believe these are essential to our business.

The  state  of  California  is  our  largest  market  for  classroom  rentals.    The  strength  of  this  market  depends  heavily  on  public 
funding  from  voter  passage  of  both  state  and  local  facility  bond  measures,  and  the  ability  of  the  state  to  sell  such  bonds  in  the 
public market.  A lack of passage of state and local facility bond measures, or the inability to sell bonds in the public markets in the 
future  could  reduce  our  revenues  and  operating  income,  and  consequently  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s 
financial condition.  Furthermore, even if voters have approved facility bond measures and the state has raised bond funds, there is 
no guarantee that individual school projects will be funded in a timely manner.

As a consequence of the most recent economic recession, many states and local governments experienced large budget deficits 
resulting in severe budgetary constraints among public school districts.  To the extent public school districts’ funding is reduced for 
the rental and purchase of modular buildings, our business could be harmed and our results of operations negatively impacted.  We 
believe that interruptions or delays in the passage of facility bond measures or completion of state budgets, an insufficient amount of 
state funding, a significant reduction of funding to public schools, or changes negatively impacting enrollment may reduce the rental 
and sale demand for our educational products.  Any reductions in funding available to the school districts from the states in which we 
do business may cause school districts to experience budget shortfalls and to reduce their demand for our products despite growing 
student  populations,  class  size  reduction  initiatives  and  modernization  and  reconstruction  project  needs,  which  could  reduce  our 
revenues and operating income and consequently have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.

Public policies that create demand for our products and services may change, resulting in decreased demand for or the pricing 
of our products and services, which could negatively affect our revenues and operating income.

Various states that we operate enacted laws and constitutional amendments to provide funding for school districts to limit the 
number of students that may be grouped in a single classroom.  School districts with class sizes in excess of state limits have been and 
continue to be a significant source of our demand for modular classrooms.  In California, efforts to address aging infrastructure and 
deferred  maintenance  have  resulted  in  modernization  and  reconstruction  projects  by  public  school  districts  including  seismic 
retrofitting, asbestos abatement and various building repairs and upgrades, which has been another source of demand for our modular 
classrooms.  The most recent economic recession caused state and local budget shortfalls, which reduced school districts’ funding and 
their ability to comply with state class size reduction requirements.  If educational priorities and policies shift away from class-size 

-20-

reduction or modernization and reconstruction projects, demand and pricing for our products and services may decline, not grow as 
quickly as, or not reach the levels that we anticipate.  Significant equipment returns may result in lower utilization until equipment can 
be redeployed or sold, which may cause rental rates to decline and negatively affect our revenues and operating income.

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could harm our business and financial condition, resulting in lower operating 
results and cash flows.

Similar  to  conventionally  constructed  buildings,  the  modular  building  industry,  including  the  manufacturers  and  lessors  of 
portable  classrooms,  are  subject  to  regulations  by  multiple  governmental  agencies  at  the  federal,  state  and  local  level  relating  to 
environmental,  zoning,  health,  safety,  energy  efficiency,  labor  and  transportation  matters,  among  other  matters.    Failure  to  comply 
with these laws or regulations could impact our business or harm our reputation and result in higher capital or operating expenditures 
or the imposition of penalties or restrictions on our operations.

As  with  conventional  construction,  typically  new  codes  and  regulations  are  not  retroactively  applied.    Nonetheless,  new 
governmental regulations in these or other areas may increase our acquisition cost of new rental equipment, limit the use of or make 
obsolete some of our existing equipment, or increase our costs of rental operations.

Building codes are generally reviewed every three years.  All aspects of a given code are subject to change including, but not 
limited to, such items as structural specifications for earthquake safety, energy efficiency and environmental standards, fire and life 
safety, transportation, lighting and noise limits.  On occasion, state agencies have undertaken studies of indoor air quality and noise 
levels with a focus on permanent and modular classrooms.  These results could impact our existing modular equipment and affect the 
future construction of our modular product.

Compliance with building codes and regulations entails a certain amount of risk as state and local government authorities do not 
necessarily interpret building codes and regulations in a consistent manner, particularly where applicable regulations may be unclear 
and subject to interpretation.  These regulations often provide broad discretion to governmental authorities that oversee these matters, 
which can result in unanticipated delays or increases in the cost of compliance in particular markets.  The construction and modular 
industries  have  developed  many  “best  practices”  which  are  constantly  evolving.  Some  of  our  peers  and  competitors  may  adopt 
practices  that  are  more  or  less  stringent  than  the  Company’s.    When,  and  if,  regulatory  standards  are  clarified,  the  effect  of  the 
clarification may be to impose rules on our business and practices retroactively, at which time, we may not be in compliance with such 
regulations and we may be required to incur costly remediation.  If we are unable to pass these increased costs on to our customers, 
our profitability, operating cash flows and financial condition could be negatively impacted.

Expansions of our modular operations into new markets may negatively affect our operating results.

In  the  past  we  have  expanded  our  modular  operations  into  new  geographies  and  states.    There  are  risks  inherent  in  the 
undertaking  of  such  expansion,  including  the  risk  of  revenue  from  the  business  in  any  new  markets  not  meeting  our  expectations, 
higher than expected costs in entering these new markets, risk associated with compliance with applicable state and local laws and 
regulations, response by competitors and unanticipated consequences of expansion.  In addition, expansion into new markets may be 
affected by local economic and market conditions.  Expansion of our operations into new markets will require a significant amount of 
attention  from  our  management,  a  commitment  of  financial  resources  and  will  require  us  to  add  qualified  management  in  these 
markets, which may negatively impact our operating results.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

We are subject to laws and regulations governing government contracts.  These laws and regulations make these government 
contracts more favorable to government entities than other third parties and any changes in these laws and regulations, or our 
failure to comply with these laws and regulations could harm our business.

We have agreements relating to the sale of our products to government entities and, as a result, we are subject to various statutes 
and regulations that apply to companies doing business with the government.  The laws governing government contracts differ from 
the  laws  governing  private  contracts.    For  example,  many  government  contracts  contain  pricing  terms  and  conditions  that  are  not 
applicable to private contracts such as clauses that allow government entities not to perform on contractual obligations in the case of a 
lack  of  fiscal  funding.    Also,  in  the  educational  markets  we  serve,  we  are  able  to  utilize  “piggyback”  contracts  in  marketing  our 
products and services and ultimately to book business.  The term “piggyback” contract refers to contracts for portable classrooms or 
other products entered into by public school districts following a formal bid process that allows for the use of the same contract terms 
and conditions with the successful vendor by other public school districts.  As a result, “piggyback” contracts allow us to more readily 
book  orders  from  our  government  customers,  primarily  public  school  districts,  and  to  reduce  the  administrative  expense  associated 
with booking these orders. The governmental statutes and regulations that allow for use of “piggyback” contracts are subject to change 
or elimination in their entirety.  A change in the manner of use or the elimination of “piggyback” contracts would likely negatively 
impact  our  ability  to  book  new  business  from  these  government  customers  and  could  cause  our  administrative  expenses  related  to 
processing these orders to increase significantly.  In addition, any failure to comply with these laws and regulations might result in 

-21-

 
 
administrative penalties or even in the suspension of these contracts and as a result, the loss of the related revenues which would harm 
our business and results from operations.

Seasonality of our educational business may have adverse consequences for our business.

A significant portion of the modular sale and rental revenues is derived from the educational market.  Typically, during each 
calendar  year,  our  highest  numbers  of  classrooms  are  shipped  for  rental  and  sale  orders  during  the  second  and  third  quarters  for 
delivery and installation prior to the start of the upcoming school year. The majority of classrooms shipped in the second and third 
quarters  have  rental  start  dates  during  the  third  quarter,  thereby  making  the  fourth  quarter  the  first  full  quarter  of  rental  revenues 
recognized for these transactions.  Although this is the historical seasonality of our business, it is subject to change or may not meet 
our expectations, which may have adverse consequences for our business.

We face strong competition in our modular building markets and we may not be able to effectively compete.

The  modular  building  leasing  industry  is  highly  competitive  in  our  states  of  operation  and  we  expect  it  to  remain  so.    The 
competitive market in which we operate may prevent us from raising rental fees or sales prices to pass any increased costs on to our 
customers.    We  compete  on  the  basis  of  a  number  of  factors,  including  equipment  availability,  quality,  price,  service,  reliability, 
appearance, functionality and delivery terms.  We may experience pricing pressures in our areas of operation in the future as some of 
our competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing prices.

Some  of  our  competitors  in  the  modular  building  leasing  industry,  notably  WillScot  Corporation,  have  a  greater  range  of 
products and services, greater financial and marketing resources, larger customer bases, and greater name recognition than we have.  
In August 2018, WillScot Corporation completed the acquisition of Modspace.  These combined competitors may be better able to 
respond  to  changes  in  the  relocatable  modular  building  market,  to  finance  acquisitions,  to  fund  internal  growth  and  to  compete for 
market share, any of which could harm our business.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

We  may  not  be  able  to  quickly  redeploy  modular  units  returning  from  leases,  which  could  negatively  affect  our  financial 
performance and our ability to expand, or utilize, our rental fleet.

As of December 31, 2019, 63% of our modular portfolio had equipment on rent for periods exceeding the original committed 
term.  Generally, when a customer continues to rent the modular units beyond the contractual term, the equipment rents on a month-to-
month basis.  If a significant number of our rented modular units were returned during a short period of time, particularly those units 
that are rented on a month-to-month basis, a large supply of units would need to be remarketed.  Our failure to effectively remarket a 
large influx of units returning from leases could negatively affect our financial performance and our ability to continue expanding our 
rental fleet.  In addition, if returned units stay off rent for an extended period of time, we may incur additional costs to securely store 
and maintain them.

Significant  increases  in  raw  material  and  labor  costs  could  increase  our  acquisition  cost  of  new  modular  rental  units  and 
repair and maintenance costs of our fleet, which would increase our operating costs and harm our profitability.

We incur labor costs and purchase raw materials, including lumber, siding and roofing and other products to perform periodic 
repairs,  modifications  and  refurbishments  to  maintain  physical  conditions  of  our  modular  units.    The  volume,  timing  and  mix  of 
maintenance and repair work on our rental equipment may vary quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year.  Generally, increases in labor and 
raw material costs will also increase the acquisition cost of new modular units and increase the repair and maintenance costs of our 
fleet.    We  also  maintain  a  fleet  of  service  trucks  and  use  subcontractor  companies  for  the  delivery,  set-up,  return  delivery  and 
dismantle  of  modulars  for  our  customers.  We  rely  on  our  subcontractor  service  companies  to  meet  customer  demands  for  timely 
shipment  and  return,  and  the  loss  or  inadequate  number  of  subcontractor  service  companies  may  cause  prices  to  increase,  while 
negatively impacting our reputation and operating performance.  During periods of rising prices for labor, raw materials or fuel, and in 
particular,  when  the  prices  increase  rapidly  or  to  levels  significantly  higher  than  normal,  we  may  incur  significant  increases in  our 
acquisition costs for new modular units and incur higher operating costs that we may not be able to recoup from our customers, which 
would reduce our profitability.

Failure by third parties to manufacture our products timely or properly may harm our reputation and financial condition.

We are dependent on third parties to manufacture our products even though we are able to purchase products from a variety of 
third-party  suppliers.  Mobile  Modular  purchases  new  modulars  from  various  manufacturers  who  build  to  Mobile  Modular’s  design 
specifications.    With  the  exception  of  Enviroplex,  none  of  the  principal  suppliers  are  affiliated  with  the  Company.    During  2019, 
Mobile  Modular  purchased  27%  of  its  modular  product  from  one  manufacturer.    The  Company  believes  that  the  loss  of  any  of  its 

-22-

primary  manufacturers  of  modulars  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  its  operations  since  Mobile  Modular  could  experience  higher 
prices and longer delivery lead times for modular product until other manufacturers were able to increase their production capacity.

Failure  to  properly  design,  manufacture,  repair  and  maintain  the  modular  product  may  result  in  impairment  charges, 
potential litigation and reduction of our operating results and cash flows.

We  estimate  the  useful  life  of  the  modular  product  to  be  18  years  with  a  residual  value  of  50%.    However,  proper  design, 
manufacture, repairs and maintenance of the modular product during our ownership is required for the product to reach the estimated 
useful  life  of  18  years  with  a  residual  value  of  50%.    If  we  do  not  appropriately  manage  the  design,  manufacture,  repair  and 
maintenance of our modular product, or otherwise delay or defer such repair or maintenance, we may be required to incur impairment 
charges for equipment that is beyond economic repair costs or incur significant capital expenditures to acquire new modular product to 
serve demand.  In addition, such failures may result in personal injury or property damage claims, including claims based on presence 
of mold, and termination of leases or contracts by customers.  Costs of contract performance, potential litigation, and profits lost from 
termination could accordingly reduce our future operating results and cash flows.

Our warranty costs may increase and warranty claims could damage our reputation and negatively impact our revenues and 
operating income.

Sales  of  new  relocatable  modular  buildings  not  manufactured  by  us  are  typically  covered  by  warranties  provided  by  the 
manufacturer  of  the  products  sold.    We  provide  ninety-day  warranties  on  certain  modular  sales  of  used  rental  units  and  one-year 
warranties on equipment manufactured by our Enviroplex subsidiary.  Historically, our warranty costs have not been significant, and 
we monitor the quality of our products closely.  If a defect were to arise in the installation of our equipment at the customer’s facilities 
or in the equipment acquired from our suppliers or by our Enviroplex subsidiary, we may experience increased warranty claims.  Such 
claims could disrupt our sales operations, damage our reputation and require costly repairs or other remedies, negatively impacting 
revenues and operating income.

SPECIFIC RISKS RELATED TO OUR ELECTRONIC TEST EQUIPMENT BUSINESS SEGMENT:

Market  risk  and  cyclical  downturns  in  the  industries  using  test  equipment  may  result  in  periods  of  low  demand  for  our 
product resulting in excess inventory, impairment charges and reduction of our operating results and cash flows.

TRS-RenTelco’s  revenues  are  derived  from  the  rental  and  sale  of  general  purpose  and  communications  test  equipment  to  a 
broad  range  of  companies,  from  Fortune  500  to  middle  and  smaller  market  companies,  in  the  aerospace,  defense,  communications, 
manufacturing  and  semiconductor  industries.    Electronic  test  equipment  rental  and  sales  revenues  are  primarily  affected  by  the 
business  activity  within  these  industries  related  to  research  and  development,  manufacturing,  and  communication  infrastructure 
installation and maintenance.  Historically, these industries have been cyclical and have experienced periodic downturns, which can 
have a material adverse impact on the industry’s demand for equipment, including our rental electronic test equipment. In addition, the 
severity  and  length  of  any  downturn  in  an  industry  may  also  affect  overall  access  to  capital,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 
customers  and  result  in  excess  inventory  and  impairment  charges.    During  periods  of  reduced  and  declining  demand  for  test 
equipment,  we  are  exposed  to  additional  receivable  risk  from  non-payment  and  may  need  to  rapidly  align  our  cost  structure  with 
prevailing market conditions, which may negatively impact our operating results and cash flows.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Seasonality of our electronic test equipment business may impact quarterly results.

Generally,  rental  activity  declines  in  the  fourth  quarter  month  of  December  and  the  first  quarter  months  of  January  and 
February.  These months may have lower rental activity due to holiday closures, particularly by larger companies, inclement weather 
and its impact on various field related communications equipment rentals, and companies’ operational recovery from holiday closures 
which may impact the start-up of new projects coming online in the first quarter.  These seasonal factors historically have impacted 
quarterly results in each year’s first and fourth quarter, but we are unable to predict how such factors may impact future periods.

Our rental test equipment may become obsolete or may no longer be supported by a manufacturer, which could result in an 
impairment charge.

Electronic test equipment is characterized by changing technology and evolving industry standards that may render our existing 
equipment obsolete through new product introductions, or enhancements, before the end of its anticipated useful life, causing us to 
incur  impairment  charges.  We  must  anticipate  and  keep  pace  with  the  introduction  of  new  hardware,  software  and  networking 
technologies and acquire equipment that will be marketable to our current and prospective customers.

Additionally, some manufacturers of our equipment may be acquired or cease to exist, resulting in a future lack of support for 
equipment purchased from those manufacturers.   This could result in the remaining useful life becoming shorter, causing us to incur 

-23-

 
 
an impairment charge.  We monitor our manufacturers’ capacity to support their products and the introduction of new technologies, 
and  we  acquire  equipment  that  will  be  marketable  to  our  current  and  prospective  customers.  However,  any  prolonged  economic 
downturn could result in unexpected bankruptcies or reduced support from our manufacturers.  Failure to properly select, manage and 
respond to the technological needs of our customers and changes to our products through their technology life cycle may cause certain 
electronic  test  equipment  to  become  obsolete,  resulting  in  impairment  charges,  which  may  negatively  impact  operating  results  and 
cash flows.

If  we  do  not  effectively  compete  in  the  rental  equipment  market,  our  operating  results  will  be  materially  and  adversely 
affected.

The electronic test equipment rental business is characterized by intense competition from several competitors, including Electro 
Rent Corporation, Continental Resources and TestEquity, some of which may have access to greater financial and other resources than 
we do. Although no single competitor holds a dominant market share, we face competition from these established entities and new 
entrants in the market.  We believe that we anticipate and keep pace with the introduction of new products and acquire equipment that 
will  be  marketable  to  our  current  and  prospective  customers.    We  compete  on  the  basis  of  a  number  of  factors,  including  product 
availability, price, service and reliability.  Some of our competitors may offer similar equipment for lease, rental or sale at lower prices 
and may offer more extensive servicing, or financing options.  Failure to adequately forecast the adoption of, and demand for, new or 
existing  products  may  cause  us  not  to  meet  our  customers’  equipment  requirements  and  may  materially  and  adversely  affect  our 
operating results.

If we are not able to obtain equipment at favorable rates, there could be a material adverse effect on our operating results and 
reputation.

The  majority  of  our  rental  equipment  portfolio  is  comprised  of  general  purpose  test  and  measurement  instruments  purchased 
from leading manufacturers such as Keysight Technologies, Rhode & Schwarz and Tektronix, a division of Fortive Corporation.  We 
depend on purchasing equipment from these manufacturers and suppliers for use as our rental equipment. If, in the future, we are not 
able  to  purchase  necessary  equipment  from  one  or  more  of  these  suppliers  on  favorable  terms,  we  may  not  be  able  to  meet  our 
customers’ demands in a timely manner or for a rental rate that generates a profit. If this should occur, we may not be able to secure 
necessary equipment from an alternative source on acceptable terms and our business and reputation may be materially and adversely 
affected.

If  we  are  not  able  to  anticipate  and  mitigate  the  risks  associated  with  operating  internationally,  there  could  be  a  material 
adverse effect on our operating results.

Currently, total foreign country customers and operations account for less than 10% of the Company’s revenues.  In recent years 

some  of  our  customers  have  expanded  their  international  operations  faster  than  domestic  operations,  and  this  trend  may  continue.   
Over  time,  the  amount  of  our  international  business  may  increase  if  we  focus  on  international  market  opportunities.  Operating  in 
foreign countries subjects the Company to additional risks, any of which may adversely impact our future operating results, including:

international political, economic and legal conditions including tariffs and trade barriers;

our ability to comply with customs, anti-corruption, import/export and other trade compliance regulations, together with 
any unexpected changes in such regulations;

greater difficulty in our ability to recover rental equipment and obtain payment of the related trade receivables;

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

additional costs to establish and maintain international subsidiaries and related operations;

difficulties in attracting and retaining staff and business partners to operate internationally;

language and cultural barriers;

seasonal reductions in business activities in the countries where our international customers are located;

difficulty with the integration of foreign operations;

longer payment cycles;

currency fluctuations; and

potential adverse tax consequences.

-24-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
Unfavorable currency exchange rates may negatively impact our financial results in U.S. dollar terms.

We receive revenues in Canadian dollars from our business activities in Canada.  Conducting business in currencies other than 
U.S. dollars subjects us to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.  If the currency exchange rates change unfavorably, the value of net 
receivables we receive in foreign currencies and later convert to U.S. dollars after the unfavorable change would be diminished.  This 
could have a negative impact on our reported operating results.  We currently do not engage in hedging strategies to mitigate this risk.

The impact of the coronavirus on our operations, and the operations of our customers, suppliers and logistics providers, may 
harm our business.

We  are  monitoring  the  potential  impact  of  the  coronavirus  outbreak  in  China.    This  includes  evaluating  the  impact  on  our 
customers, suppliers, and logistics providers as well as evaluating governmental actions being taken to curtail the spread of the virus.  
The  significance  of  the  impact  on  us  is  yet  uncertain;  however,  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  customers,  suppliers,  or  logistics 
providers could impact our operating results.  

SPECIFIC  RISKS  RELATED  TO  OUR  LIQUID  AND  SOLID  CONTAINMENT  TANKS  AND  BOXES  BUSINESS 
SEGMENT:

We  may  be  brought  into  tort  or  environmental  litigation  or  held  responsible  for  cleanup  of  spills  if  the  customer  fails  to 
perform, or an accident occurs in the use of our rental products, which could materially adversely affect our business, future 
operating results or financial position.

Our rental tanks and boxes are used by our customers to store non-hazardous and certain hazardous liquids and solids on the 
customer’s site.  Our customers are generally responsible for proper operation of our tank and box rental equipment while on rent and 
returning a cleaned and undamaged container upon completion of use, but exceptions may be granted and we cannot always assure 
that these responsibilities are fully met in all cases.  Although we require the customer to carry commercial general liability insurance 
in a minimum amount of $5,000,000, such policies often contain pollution exclusions and other exceptions.  Furthermore, we cannot 
be certain our liability insurance will always be sufficient.  In addition, if an accident were to occur involving our rental equipment or 
a spill of substances were to occur when the tank or box was in transport or on rent with our customer, a claim could be made against 
us as owner of the rental equipment.

In the event of a spill or accident, we may be brought into a lawsuit or enforcement action by either our customer or a third 
party on numerous potential grounds, including an allegation that an inherent flaw in a tank or box contributed to an accident or 
that  the  tank  had  suffered  some  undiscovered  harm  from  a  previous  customer’s  prior  use.    In  the  event  of  a  spill  caused  by  our 
customers, we may be held responsible for cleanup under environmental laws and regulations concerning obligations of suppliers 
of rental products to effect remediation.  In addition, applicable environmental laws and regulations may impose liability on us for 
the conduct of third parties, or for actions that complied with applicable regulations when taken, regardless of negligence or fault.  
Substantial damage awards have also been made in certain jurisdictions against lessors of industrial equipment based upon claims 
of personal injury, property damage, and resource damage caused by the use of various products.  While we take what we believe 
are  reasonable  precautions  that  our  rental  equipment  is  in  good  and  safe  condition  prior  to  rental  and  carry  insurance  to  protect 
against certain risks of loss or accidents, such liability could adversely impact our profitability.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

The liquid and solid containment rental industry is highly competitive, and competitive pressures could lead to a decrease in 
our market share or in rental rates and our ability to rent, or sell, equipment at favorable prices, which could adversely affect 
our operating results.

The  liquid  and  solid  containment  rental  industry  is  highly  competitive.    We  compete  against  national,  regional  and  local 
companies, including United Rentals, Rain For Rent and Mobile Mini, all of which may be larger than we are, may offer a wider range 
of products and services and may have greater financial and marketing resources than we have.  Some of our competitors also have 
longer  operating  histories,  lower  cost  basis  of  rental  equipment,  lower  cost  structures  and  more  established  relationships  with 
equipment manufacturers than we have. In addition, certain of our competitors are more geographically diverse than we are and have 
greater name recognition among customers than we do.  As a result, our competitors that have these advantages may be better able to 
attract customers and provide their products and services at lower rental rates.  Some competitors offer different approaches to liquid 
storage, such as large-volume modular tanks that may have better economics and compete with conventional frac tanks in certain oil 
and  gas  field  applications.  We  may  in  the  future  encounter  increased  competition  in  the  markets  that  we  serve  from  existing 
competitors  or  from  new  market  entrants.    In  July  2018,  United  Rentals,  Inc.  completed  the  acquisition  of  BakerCorp.    This 
acquisition may create additional competition for customers and provide the combined entity access to greater financial resources than 
we have.

We believe that equipment quality, service levels, rental rates and fleet size are key competitive factors in the liquid and solid 
containment rental industry.  From time to time, we or our competitors may attempt to compete aggressively by lowering rental rates 

-25-

 
 
or  prices.  Competitive  pressures  could  adversely  affect  our  revenues  and  operating  results  by  decreasing  our  market  share  or 
depressing  rental  rates.    To  the  extent  we  lower  rental  rates  or  increase  our  fleet  in  order  to  retain  or  increase  market  share,  our 
operating margins would be adversely impacted.  In addition, we may not be able to match a larger competitor’s price reductions or 
fleet  investment  because  of  its  greater  financial  resources,  all  of  which  could  adversely  impact  our  operating  results  through  a 
combination of a decrease in our market share, revenues and operating income.

Market  risk,  commodity  price  volatility,  regulatory  changes  or  interruptions  and  cyclical  downturns  in  the  industries  using 
tanks and boxes may result in periods of low demand for our products resulting in excess inventory, impairment charges and 
reduction of our operating results and cash flows.

Adler  Tanks’  revenues  are  derived  from  the  rental  of  tanks  and  boxes  to  companies  involved  in  oil  and  gas  exploration, 
extraction and refinement, environmental remediation and wastewater/groundwater treatment, infrastructure and building construction 
and  various  industrial  services,  among  others.    We  expect  tank  and  box  rental  revenues  will  primarily  be  affected  by  the  business 
activity  within  these  industries.    Historically,  these  industries  have  been  cyclical  and  have  experienced  periodic  downturns,  which 
have a material adverse impact on the industry’s demand for equipment, including the tanks and boxes rented by us.  Lower oil or gas 
prices may have an adverse effect on our liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes business. Any steep decline in both domestic 
and  international  oil  and  gas  prices  driven  by  materially  higher  supply  levels  and  weak  demand  could  have  a  significant  negative 
impact on the industry’s demand for equipment, especially if such market conditions continue for an extended period of time.  If the 
price reduction causes customers to limit or stop exploration, extraction or refinement activities, resulting in lower demand and pricing 
for  renting  Adler  Tank’s  products,  our  financial  results  could  be  adversely  impacted.    Also,  a  weak  U.S.  economy  may  negatively 
impact infrastructure construction and industrial activity.  Any of these factors may result in excess inventory or impairment charges 
and reduce our operating results and cash flows.

Changes in regulatory, or governmental, oversight of hydraulic fracturing could materially adversely affect the demand for 
our rental products and reduce our operating results and cash flows.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

We believe that demand related to hydraulic fracturing has increased the total rental revenues and market size in recent years. 
Oil and gas exploration and extraction (including use of tanks for hydraulic fracturing to obtain shale oil and shale gas) are subject to 
numerous local, state and federal regulations.   In the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, oil and gas exploration and production 
accounted  for  approximately  10%  of  Adler  Tanks’  rental  revenues,  and  approximately  2%  of  the  Company’s  total  revenues.  The 
hydraulic fracturing method of extraction has come under scrutiny in several states and by the Federal government due to the potential 
adverse effects that hydraulic fracturing, and the liquids and chemicals used, may have on water quality and public health.  In addition, 
the disposal of wastewater from the hydraulic fracturing process into injection wells may increase the rate of seismic activity near drill 
sites  and  could  result  in  regulatory  changes,  delays  or  interruption  of  future  activity.    Changes  in  these  regulations  could  limit, 
interrupt, or stop exploration and extraction activities, which would negatively impact the demand for our rental products.  Finally, it 
is possible that changes in the technology utilized in hydraulic fracturing could make it less dependent on liquids and therefore lower 
the related requirements for the use of our rental products, which would reduce our operating results and cash flows.

Seasonality of the liquid and solid containment rental industry may impact quarterly results.

Rental  activity  may  decline  in  the  fourth  quarter  month  of  December  and  the  first  quarter  months  of  January  and  February.  
These months may have lower rental activity in parts of the country where inclement weather may delay, or suspend, a company’s 
project.  The impact of these delays may be to decrease the number of tanks, or boxes, on rent until companies are able to resume their 
projects when weather improves.  These seasonal factors historically have impacted quarterly results in each year’s first and fourth 
quarter, but we are unable to predict how such factors may impact future periods.

Significant  increases  in  raw  material,  fuel  and  labor  costs  could  increase  our  acquisition  and  operating  costs  of  rental 
equipment, which would increase operating costs and decrease profitability.

Increases  in  raw  material  costs  such  as  steel  and  labor  to  manufacture  liquid  and  solid  containment  tanks  and  boxes  would 
increase the cost of acquiring new equipment.  These price increases could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and 
results of operations if we are not able to recoup these increases through higher rental revenues.  In addition, a significant amount of 
revenues are generated from the transport of rental equipment to and from customers.  We own delivery trucks, employ drivers and 
utilize subcontractors to provide these services.  The price of fuel can be unpredictable and beyond our control.  During periods of 
rising fuel and labor costs, and in particular when prices increase rapidly, we may not be able recoup these costs from our customers, 
which would reduce our profitability.

-26-

Failure by third parties to manufacture our products timely or properly may harm our ability to meet customer demand and 
harm our financial condition.

We are dependent on a variety of third party companies to manufacture equipment to be used in our rental fleet. In some cases, 
we may not be able to procure equipment on a timely basis to the extent that manufacturers for the quantities of equipment we need 
are not able to produce sufficient inventory on schedules that meet our delivery requirements.  If demand for new equipment increases 
significantly,  especially  during  a  seasonal  manufacturing  slowdown,  manufacturers  may  not  be  able  to  meet  customer  orders  on  a 
timely basis.  As a result, we at times may experience long lead-times for certain types of new equipment and we cannot assure that 
we will be able to acquire the types or sufficient numbers of the equipment we need to grow our rental fleet as quickly as we would 
like and this could harm our ability to meet customer demand and harm our financial condition.

We derive a meaningful amount of our revenue in our liquid and solid containment tank and boxes business from a limited 
number of customers, the loss of one or more of which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Periodically, a meaningful portion of our revenue in our liquid and solid containment tank and boxes business may be generated 
from a few major customers.  Although we have some long-term relationships with our major customers, we cannot be assured that 
our customers will continue to use our products or services or that they will continue to do so at historical levels.  The loss of any 
meaningful customer, the failure to collect a material receivable from a meaningful customer, any material reduction in orders by a 
meaningful  customer  or  the  cancellation  of  a  meaningful  customer  order  could  significantly  reduce  our  revenues  and  consequently 
harm our financial condition and our ability to fund our operations.

We may not be able to quickly redeploy equipment returning from leases at equivalent prices.

Many  of  our  rental  transactions  are  short-term  in  nature  with  pricing  established  on  a  daily  basis.    The  length  of  time  that  a 
customer needs equipment can often be difficult to determine and can be impacted by a number of factors such as weather, customer 
funding and project delays.  In addition, our equipment is primarily used in the oil and gas, industrial plant services, environmental 
remediation and infrastructure and building construction industries.  Changes in the economic conditions facing any of those industries 
could result in a significant number of units returning off rent, both for us and our competitors.

If the supply of rental equipment available on the market significantly increases due to units coming off rent, demand for and 
pricing  of  our  rental  products  could  be  adversely  impacted.    We  may  experience  delays  in  remarketing  our  off-rent  units  to  new 
customers  and  incur  cost  to  move  the  units  to  other  regions  where  demand  is  stronger.    Actions  in  these  circumstances  by  our 
competitors may also depress the market price for rental units.  These delays and price pressures would adversely affect equipment 
utilization levels and total revenues, which would reduce our profitability.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES.

The Company’s corporate and administrative offices are located in Livermore, California in approximately 26,000 square feet. 

The Company’s four reportable business segments currently conduct operations from the following locations:

Mobile  Modular  –  Five  inventory  centers,  at  which  relocatable  modular  buildings  and  storage  containers  are  displayed, 
refurbished  and  stored  are  located  in  Livermore,  California  (137  acres  in  the  San  Francisco  Bay  Area),  Mira  Loma,  California  (79 
acres  in  the  Los  Angeles  area),  Pasadena,  Texas  (50  acres  in  the  Houston  area),  in  Grand  Prairie,  Texas  (43  acres  in  Dallas  area), 
Auburndale,  Florida  (123  acres  in  the  Orlando  area)  and  Arcade,  Georgia  (48  acres  in  the  Atlanta  area).    The  inventory  centers 
conduct  rental  and  sales  operations  from  modular  buildings,  serving  as  working  models  of  the  Company’s  modular  product.    The 
Company also has a leased modular sales office in Charlotte, North Carolina from which the states of North Carolina, South Carolina, 
Virginia and Maryland are served.

TRS-RenTelco – Electronic test equipment rental and sales operations are conducted from a 117,000 square foot leased facility 

in Grapevine, Texas (Dallas area) and a sales office in Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Quebec (Montreal, Canada area).

Adler Tanks – Adler Tanks operates from branch offices serving the Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, Midwest, Southeast, Southwest 
and West.  A number of our branch offices are leased and have remaining lease terms of one to three years, or are leased on a month to 
month basis.  We believe satisfactory alternative properties can be found in all of our markets if we do not renew our existing leased 
properties.

-27-

 
 
Enviroplex  –  The  Company’s  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Enviroplex,  manufactures  modular  buildings  used  primarily  as 

classrooms in California from its 108,000 square foot facility in Stockton, California (San Francisco Bay Area).

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

The Company is involved in various lawsuits and routine claims arising out of the normal course of its business. The Company 
maintains insurance coverage for its operations and employees with appropriate aggregate, per occurrence and deductible limits as the 
Company reasonably determines necessary or prudent with current operations and historical experience.  The major policies include 
coverage for property, general liability, auto, directors and officers, health, and workers’ compensation insurances.  In the opinion of 
management, the ultimate amount of liability not covered by insurance, if any, under any pending litigation and claims, individually or 
in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or operating results of the Company.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not Applicable

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

The Company's common stock is traded in the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MGRC”.  As of February 25, 
2020, the Company's common stock was held by approximately 40 shareholders of record, which does not include shareholders whose 
shares are held in street or nominee name.  The Company believes that when holders in street or nominee name are added, the number 
of holders of the Company's common stock exceeds 500.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

Stock Repurchase Plan

The  Company  has  in  the  past  made  purchases  of  shares  of  its  common  stock  from  time  to  time  in  over-the-counter  market 
(NASDAQ)  transactions,  through  privately  negotiated,  large  block  transactions  and  through  a  share  repurchase  plan,  in  accordance 
with  Rule  10b5-1  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.    In  August  2015,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the 
Company  to  repurchase  2,000,000  shares  of  the  Company's  outstanding  common  stock.  The  amount  and  time  of  the  specific 
repurchases  are  subject  to  prevailing  market  conditions,  applicable  legal  requirements  and  other  factors,  including  management’s 
discretion.    All  shares  repurchased  by  the  Company  are  canceled  and  returned  to  the  status  of  authorized  but  unissued  shares  of 
common  stock.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  authorized  shares  will  be  repurchased  and  the  repurchase  program  may  be 
modified, extended or terminated by the board of directors at any time. There were no repurchases of common stock during the twelve 
months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.  As of December 31 2019, 1,592,026 shares remain authorized for repurchase.

-28-

 
ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

The following table summarizes the Company’s selected financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2019 and should 
be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  detailed  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  notes  included  in  “Item  8.  Financial 
Statements  and  Supplementary  Data”  and  “Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Result  of 
Operations”.

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 (in thousands, except per share data)

Operations Data
Revenues

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

2015

Rental................................................................................  $ 353,889 
101,038 
Rental related services......................................................   
454,927 
Rental operations ........................................................   
110,229 
Sales..................................................................................   
5,074 
Other .................................................................................   
570,230 
Total revenues .......................................................   

 $ 318,774 
82,907 
401,681 
92,618 
4,031 
498,330 

 $ 289,417 
78,068 
367,485 
91,500 
3,049 
462,034 

 $ 271,388 
75,859 
347,247 
74,410 
2,423 
424,080 

 $ 273,696 
73,314 
347,010 
55,385 
2,149 
404,544 

Costs and expenses

Direct costs of rental operations

Depreciation of rental equipment................................   
Rental related services ................................................   
Other ...........................................................................   
Total direct costs of rental operations ...................   
Costs of sales ....................................................................   
Total costs of revenues ..........................................   
Gross profit ......................................................   
Selling and administrative expenses.................................   
Income from operations ..............................................   

80,391 
76,241 
79,365 
235,997 
68,068 
304,065 
266,165 
124,793 
141,372 

Other income (expense):

73,139 
64,298 
68,678 
206,115 
58,964 
265,079 
233,251 
115,770 
117,481 

69,908 
60,029 
65,472 
195,409 
60,280 
255,689 
206,345 
111,605 
94,740 

72,197 
59,044 
60,130 
191,371 
48,542 
239,913 
184,167 
104,908 
79,259 

75,213 
57,144 
58,511 
190,868 
36,769 
227,637 
176,907 
99,950 
76,957 

Interest expense...........................................................   
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss) .......................   

(12,331)
84 

(12,297)
(489)

(11,622)
334 

(12,207)
(121)

(10,092)
(488)

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Income before provision (benefit) for income
   taxes....................................................................   
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ................................   
Net income.............................................................  $

129,125 
32,319 
96,806 

Earnings per share:

Basic .................................................................................  $
Diluted ..............................................................................  $

3.99 
3.93 

Shares used in per share calculations:

104,695 
25,289 
79,406 

83,452 
(70,468)
 $ 153,920 

3.29 
3.24 

 $
 $

6.41 
6.34 

66,931 
28,680 
38,251 

1.60 
1.60 

 $

 $
 $

66,377 
25,907 
40,470 

1.60 
1.59 

 $

 $
 $

 $

 $
 $

Basic .................................................................................   
Diluted ..............................................................................   

24,250 
24,623 

24,141 
24,540 

23,999 
24,269 

23,900 
23,976 

25,369 
25,457 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end)
Rental equipment, at cost.......................................................  $ 1,520,411 
Rental equipment, net ............................................................  $ 967,500 
Total assets.............................................................................  $ 1,309,875 
Notes payable.........................................................................  $ 293,431 
Shareholders' equity ...............................................................  $ 634,036 
24,296 
Shares issued and outstanding ...............................................   
26.10 
Book value per share..............................................................  $
1.07 
Total liabilities to equity ........................................................   
0.46 
Debt (notes payable) to equity ...............................................   
16.1%   
Return on average equity .......................................................   
 $
1.50 
Cash dividends declared per common share..........................  $

 $ 1,416,000 
 $ 901,015 
 $ 1,217,316 
 $ 298,564 
 $ 571,535 
24,182 
23.63 
1.13 
0.52 
14.6%   
 $
1.36 

 $ 1,347,533 
 $ 862,320 
 $ 1,147,854 
 $ 303,414 
 $ 524,184 
24,052 
21.79 
1.19 
0.58 
37.1%   
 $
1.04 

 $ 1,324,057 
 $ 856,371 
 $ 1,128,276 
 $ 326,266 
 $ 394,287 
23,948 
16.46 
1.86 
0.83 
9.8%   
 $
1.02 

 $ 1,310,083 
 $ 869,601 
 $ 1,152,709 
 $ 381,281 
 $ 379,687 
23,851 
15.92 
2.04 
1.00 
9.8%
1.00  

 $

 $

 $

 $

-29-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA

To supplement the Company’s financial data presented on a basis consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America (“GAAP”), the Company presents “Adjusted EBITDA”, which is defined by the Company as net income 
before  interest  expense,  provision  for  income  taxes,  depreciation,  amortization,  non-cash  impairment  costs  and  share-based 
compensation.    The  Company  presents  Adjusted  EBITDA  as  a  financial  measure  as  management  believes  it  provides  useful 
information  to  investors  regarding  the  Company’s  liquidity  and  financial  condition  and  because  management,  as  well  as  the 
Company’s lenders, use this measure in evaluating the performance of the Company.

Management  uses  Adjusted  EBITDA  as  a  supplement  to  GAAP  measures  to  further  evaluate  period-to-period  operating 
performance,  compliance  with  financial  covenants  in  the  Company’s  revolving  lines  of  credit  and  senior  notes  and  the  Company’s 
ability to meet future capital expenditure and working capital requirements.  Management believes the exclusion of non-cash charges, 
including  share-based  compensation,  is  useful  in  measuring  the  Company’s  cash  available  for  operations  and  performance  of  the 
Company.  Because management finds Adjusted EBITDA useful, the Company believes its investors will also find Adjusted EBITDA 
useful in evaluating the Company’s performance.

Adjusted  EBITDA  should  not  be  considered  in  isolation  or  as  a  substitute  for  net  income,  cash  flows,  or  other  consolidated 
income or cash flow data prepared in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of the Company’s profitability or liquidity.  Adjusted 
EBITDA  is  not  in  accordance  with  or  an  alternative  for  GAAP,  and  may  be  different  from  non−GAAP  measures  used  by  other 
companies.  Unlike EBITDA, which may be used by other companies or investors, Adjusted EBITDA does not include share-based 
compensation charges.  The Company believes that Adjusted EBITDA is of limited use in that it does not reflect all of the amounts 
associated with the Company’s results of operations as determined in accordance with GAAP and does not accurately reflect real cash 
flow.  In addition, other companies may not use Adjusted EBITDA or may use other non-GAAP measures, limiting the usefulness of 
Adjusted  EBITDA  for  purposes  of  comparison.    The  Company’s  presentation  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  should  not  be  construed  as  an 
inference that the Company will not incur expenses that are the same as or similar to the adjustments in this presentation.  Therefore, 
Adjusted EBITDA should only be used to evaluate the Company’s results of operations in conjunction with the corresponding GAAP 
measures.    The  Company  compensates  for  the  limitations  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  by  relying  upon  GAAP  results  to  gain  a  complete 
picture of the Company’s performance.  Because Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure, as defined by the SEC, the 
Company  includes  in  the  tables  below  reconciliations  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  to  the  most  directly  comparable  financial  measures 
calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Net income .............................................................................  $
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ................................   
Interest expense ................................................................   
Depreciation and amortization .........................................   
EBITDA.................................................................................   
Impairment of rental assets...............................................   
Share-based compensation ...............................................   

2019
96,806 
32,319 
12,331 
89,476 
230,932 
— 
5,892 
Adjusted EBITDA 1 ...............................................................  $ 236,824 
Adjusted EBITDA margin 2...................................................   

 $

 $

2018
79,406 
25,289 
12,297 
81,975 
198,967 
39 
4,111 
 $ 203,117 

Year Ended December 31,
2017
 $ 153,920 
(70,468)
11,622 
78,416 
173,490 
1,639 
3,198 
 $ 178,327 

2016
38,251 
28,680 
12,207 
81,179 
160,317 
— 
3,091 
 $ 163,408 

 $

2015
40,470 
25,907 
10,092 
84,280 
160,749 
— 
3,399 
 $ 164,148 

42%   

41%   

39%   

39%   

41%

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

-30-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Adjusted EBITDA 1 ...............................................................  $
Interest paid ............................................................................   
Income taxes paid, net of refunds received ............................   
Gain on sale of used rental equipment ...................................   
Foreign currency exchange (gain) loss...................................   
Amortization of debt issuance cost ........................................   
Change in certain assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net ...................................................   
Income taxes receivable....................................................  
Prepaid expenses and other assets ....................................   
Accounts payable and other liabilities ..............................   
Deferred income ...............................................................   
Net cash provided by operating activities ..............................  $

2019
236,824 
 $
(12,475)   
(17,528)   
(21,309)   
(84)   
11 

(6,310)   
— 
(13,530)   
17,257 
5,138 
187,994 

 $

Year Ended December 31,
2017
178,327 
 $
(11,825)   
(29,504)   
(17,733)   
(334)   
50 

2018
203,117 
 $
(12,598)   
(18,157)   
(19,559)   
489 
20 

(15,144)   
— 
(9,351)   
3,592 
10,258 
142,667 

 $

(8,995)   
— 
3,124 
7,559 
1,720 
122,389 

 $

2016
163,408 
 $
(12,436)   
(15,555)   
(13,739)   
121 
51 

(1,860)   
11,000 
1,949 
7,220 
536 
140,695 

 $

2015
164,148 
(10,041)
(2,498)
(11,902)
488 
52 

5,777 
(11,000)
12,910 
(10,531)
7,149 
144,552 

1

2

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash impairment costs 
and share-based compensation.
Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues for the period.

Adjusted EBITDA is a component of two restrictive financial covenants for the Company’s unsecured Credit Facility, Series B 
Senior Notes and Series C Senior Notes (as defined and more fully described under the heading “Item 7. Management’s Discussion 
and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  -  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources”).    These  instruments  contain 
financial covenants requiring the Company to not:

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility and the Note Purchase Agreement 
(as  defined  and  more  fully  described  under  the  heading  “Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition and Results of Operation - Liquidity and Capital Resources” in this MD&A)) of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined 
in the Credit Facility and the Note Purchase Agreement) to fixed charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be less than 
2.50 to 1.  At December 31, 2019, the actual ratio was 4.27 to 1.

Permit  the  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  of  funded  debt  (as  defined  in  the  Credit  Facility  and  the  Note  Purchase 
Agreement) to Adjusted EBITDA at any time during any period of four consecutive quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1.  
At December 31, 2019, the actual ratio was 1.24 to 1.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

At December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with each of these aforementioned covenants.  There are no anticipated 
trends that the Company is aware of that would indicate non-compliance with these covenants, though, significant deterioration in our 
financial performance could impact the Company's ability to comply with these covenants.

-31-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF 

OPERATIONS.

The  following  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  contains  forward-
looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in 
these  forward-looking  statements  as  a  result  of  certain  factors,  including  those  set  forth  in  this  section  as  well  as  those  discussed 
under  Part  I,  “Item  1A.  Risk  Factors”  and  elsewhere  in  this  document.  This  discussion  should  be  read  together  with  the  financial 
statements and the related notes thereto set forth in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Results of Operations

General

The  Company,  incorporated  in  1979,  is  a  leading  rental  provider  of  relocatable  modular  buildings  for  classroom  and  office 
space, electronic test equipment for general purpose and communications needs, and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes.  
The Company’s primary emphasis is on equipment rentals.  The Company is comprised of four reportable business segments: (1) its 
modular building and portable storage container rental segment (“Mobile Modular”); (2) its electronic test equipment rental segment 
(“TRS-RenTelco”); (3) its containment solutions for the storage of hazardous and non-hazardous liquids and solids segment (“Adler 
Tanks”);  and  (4)  its  classroom  manufacturing  segment  selling  modular  buildings  used  primarily  as  classrooms  in  California 
(“Enviroplex”).    In  2019,  Mobile  Modular,  TRS-RenTelco,  Adler  Tanks  and  Enviroplex  contributed  54%,  27%,  11%  and  8%, 
respectively, of the Company’s income before provision for taxes (the equivalent of “pre-tax income”), compared to 53%, 28%, 14% 
and 5%, respectively, for 2018.  

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

The  Company  generates  its  revenues  primarily  from  the  rental  of  its  equipment  on  operating  leases  with  sales  of  equipment 
occurring  in  the  normal  course  of  business.    The  Company  requires  significant  capital  outlay  to  purchase  its  rental  inventory  and 
recovers its investment through rental and sales revenues.  Rental revenue and certain other service revenues negotiated as part of the 
lease agreements with customers and related costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the lease.  Sales revenue 
and related costs are recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment to the customers.  Sales revenues are less predictable 
and  can  fluctuate  from  period  to  period  depending  on  customer  demands  and  requirements.    Generally,  rental  revenues  less  cash 
operating costs recover the equipment’s capitalized cost in a shorter period of time relative to the equipment’s potential rental life and 
when sold, sale proceeds are usually above its net book value.

The Company’s rental operations include rental and rental related services revenues which comprised approximately 80% of the 
Company’s total revenues in 2019 and for the three years ended December 31, 2019.  Over the past three years, modulars, electronic 
test equipment and tanks and boxes comprised approximately 54%, 23% and 23%, respectively, of the cumulative rental operations 
revenues.    The  Company’s  direct  costs  of  rental  operations  include  depreciation  of  rental  equipment,  rental  related  service  costs, 
impairment of rental equipment, and other direct costs of rental operations (which include direct labor, supplies, repairs, insurance, 
property taxes, license fees and amortization of certain lease costs).

The  Company  sells  modular,  electronic  test  equipment  and  liquid  and  solid  containment  tanks  and  boxes  that  are  new,  or 
previously  rented.    The  Company’s  Enviroplex  subsidiary  manufactures  and  sells  modular  classrooms.    The  renting  and  selling  of 
some modular equipment requires a dealer’s license, which the Company has obtained from the appropriate governmental agencies.  
Sales  and  other  revenues  of  modulars,  electronic  test  equipment  and  tanks  and  boxes  have  comprised  approximately  20%  of  the 
Company’s consolidated revenues in 2019 and for the three years ended December 31, 2019.  Over the past three years, modulars, 
electronic test equipment and tanks and boxes comprised approximately 74%, 24% and 2% of sales and other revenues, respectively.  
The Company’s cost of sales includes the carrying value of the equipment sold and the direct costs associated with the equipment sold 
such as delivery, installation, modifications and related site work.

The rental and sale of modulars to public school districts comprised 25%, 24% and 26% of the Company’s consolidated rental 
and  sales  revenues  for  2019,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.    (For  more  information,  see  “Item  1.  Business  –  Relocatable  Modular 
Buildings – Classroom Rentals and Sales to Public Schools (K-12)” above.)

Selling  and  administrative  expenses  primarily  include  personnel  and  benefit  costs,  which  includes  share-based  compensation, 
depreciation  and  amortization  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets,  bad  debt  expense,  advertising  costs,  and 
professional service fees.  The Company believes that sharing of common facilities, financing, senior management, and operating and 
accounting systems by all of the Company’s operations, results in an efficient use of overhead.  Historically, the Company’s operating 
margins  have  been  impacted  favorably  to  the  extent  its  costs  and  expenses  are  leveraged  over  a  large  installed  customer  base.  
However, there can be no assurance as to the Company’s ability to maintain a large installed customer base or ability to sustain its 
historical operating margins.

-32-

Recent Developments

In February 2020, the Company announced that its board of directors declared a cash dividend of $0.42 per common share for 

the quarter ending March 31, 2020, an increase of 12% over the prior year’s comparable quarter.

Percentage of Revenue Table

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the results of operations as a percentage of the Company’s total revenues 

and the percentage of changes in the amount of such of items as compared to the amount in the indicated prior period:

Percent of  Total Revenues

Percent Change

 Three Years  
  2019–2017  

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

  2019 over  
2018

  2018 over  
2017

Revenues

Rental ......................................................................   
Rental related services ............................................  
Rental operations...............................................   
Sales ........................................................................   
Other .......................................................................   
Total revenues ........................................   

63%   
17 
80 
19 
1 
100 

62%   
18 
80 
19 
1 
100 

64%   
17 
81 
19 
— 
100 

63%   
17 
80 
20 
— 
100 

11%   
22 
13 
19 
26 
14 

Costs and expenses

Direct costs of rental operations

Depreciation of rental equipment ......................   
Rental related services.......................................   
Other..................................................................   
Total direct costs of rental operations..........   
Cost of sales .................................................................   
Total costs...............................................   
Gross profit.............................................   
Selling and administrative expenses ............................   
Income from operations.....................................   

Other income (expense):

Interest expense .................................................   
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss)..............   

Income before (benefit) provision for
   income taxes .............................................   
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ............................   
Net income .............................................   

nm = not meaningful

10%
6 
9 
1 
32 
8 

5 
7 
5 
5 
(2)
4 
13 
4 
24 

6 
nm 

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

15 
13 
14 
42 
12 
54 
46 
23 
23 

2 
— 

14 
13 
14 
41 
12 
53 
47 
22 
25 

2 
— 

15 
13 
14 
42 
11 
53 
47 
23 
24 

3 
— 

15 
13 
14 
42 
13 
55 
45 
24 
21 

3 
— 

10 
19 
16 
14 
15 
15 
14 
8 
20 

0 
nm 

21 
(1)
22%   

23 
6 
17%   

21 
5 
16%   

18 
(15)
33%   

23 
28 
22%   

25 
nm 
(49)%

-33-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2018

Overview

Consolidated revenues in 2019 increased 14%, to $570.2 million from $498.3 million in 2018.  Consolidated net income in 2019 
increased to $96.8 million, or $3.93 per diluted share in 2019, compared to $79.4 million, or $3.24 per diluted share, in 2018.  The 
Company’s year over year total revenue increase was primarily due to higher rental, rental related services and sales revenues as more 
fully described below.

For 2019 compared to 2018, on a consolidated basis:

Gross profit increased $32.9 million, or 14%, to $266.2 million.  Mobile Modular’s gross profit increased $22.9 million, 
or  19%,  due  to  higher  gross  profit  on  rental,  rental  related  services  and  sales  revenues.    TRS-RenTelco’s  gross  profit 
increased  $6.0  million,  or  11%,  primarily  due  to  higher  gross  profit  on  rental  revenues.    Enviroplex’s  gross  profit 
increased $5.0 million, or 53%, due to $10.8 million higher sales revenues and higher gross margins of 37.1% compared 
to 33.3% in 2018.  Adler Tanks’ gross profit decreased $1.0 million, or 2%, due to lower gross profit on rental revenues, 
partly offset by higher gross profit on rental related services and sales revenues.  

Selling and administrative expenses increased $9.0 million, or 8%, to $124.8 million, primarily due to increased salaries 
and employee benefit costs.

Interest  expense  was  flat  at  $12.3  million,  as  3%  higher  net  average  interest  rate  was  offset  by  3%  lower  average  debt 
levels of the Company.

Pre-tax income contribution was 54%, 27% and 11% by Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco and Adler Tanks, respectively, 
in 2019, compared to 53%, 28% and 14%, respectively, in 2018.  These results are discussed on a segment basis below.  
Pre-tax income contribution by Enviroplex was 8% and 5% in 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The  provision  for  income  taxes  resulted  in  an  effective  tax  rate  of  25.0%  and  24.2%  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Adjusted  EBITDA  increased  $33.7  million,  or  17%,  to  $236.8  million  in  2019.    Adjusted  EBITDA  is  a  non-GAAP 
financial  measure  and  is  defined  as  net  income  before  interest  expense,  provision  for  income  taxes,  depreciation, 
amortization,  non-cash  impairment  costs  and  share-based  compensation.    A  reconciliation  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  to  net 
cash provided by operating activities and net income to Adjusted EBITDA can be found in “Item 6. Selected Financial 
Data.” on page 29.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

-34-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
Mobile Modular

For 2019, Mobile Modular’s total revenues increased $46.4 million, or 18%, to $301.0 million compared to 2018, primarily due 
to higher rental, rental related services and sales revenues.  The revenue increase, together with higher gross profit on rental, rental 
related  services  and  sales  revenues,  partly  offset  by  higher  selling  and  administrative  expenses,  resulted  in  an  increase  in  pre-tax 
income of $14.4 million, or 26%, to $70.0 million in 2019.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax 

income, and other selected information.

Mobile Modular – 2019 compared to 2018

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Increase (Decrease)

$

%

Revenues
Rental.................................................................................................  $
Rental related services.......................................................................   
Rental operations..........................................................................   
Sales...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total revenues ...................................................................   

Costs and Expenses
Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment.................................................   
Rental related services .................................................................   
Other.............................................................................................   
Total direct costs of rental operations.....................................   
Costs of sales .....................................................................................   
Total costs of revenues......................................................   

Gross Profit
Rental.................................................................................................   
Rental related services.......................................................................   
Rental operations..........................................................................   
Sales...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total gross profit ...............................................................   
Selling and administrative expenses..................................................   
Income from operations.....................................................................   
Interest expense allocation ................................................................   
Pre-tax income ..................................................................  $

  $

182,316 
69,395 
251,711 
47,043 
2,256 
301,010 

22,071 
51,787 
51,136 
124,994 
32,398 
157,392 

  $

159,136 
54,696 
213,832 
39,467 
1,275 
254,574 

21,200 
41,701 
42,812 
105,713 
28,111 
133,824 

109,109 
17,608 
126,717 
14,645 
2,256 
143,618 
65,699 
77,919 
(7,946)    
  $
69,973 

95,123 
12,995 
108,118 
11,357 
1,275 
120,750 
58,017 
62,733 
(7,132)    
  $
55,601 

Other Selected Information
Average rental equipment 1 ...............................................................  $
Average rental equipment on rent .....................................................  $
Average monthly total yield 2............................................................   
Average utilization 3 ..........................................................................   
Average monthly rental rate 4............................................................   
Period end rental equipment 1............................................................  $
Period end utilization 3 ......................................................................   
1
2
3

795,250 
629,459 

  $
  $
1.90%   
79.2%   
2.41%   
  $
79.1%   

814,367 

756,513 
591,236 

  $
  $
1.75%   
78.20%   
2.24%   
  $
79.3%   

775,492 

23,180     
14,699     
37,879     
7,576     
981     
46,436     

871     
10,086     
8,324     
19,281     
4,287     
23,568     

13,986     
4,613     
18,599     
3,288     
981     
22,868     
7,682     
15,186     
814     
14,372     

38,737     
38,223     

38,875     

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

15%
27%
18%
19%
77%
18%

4%
24%
19%
18%
15%
18%

15%
35%
17%
29%
77%
19%
13%
24%
11%
26%

5%
6%
9%
1%
8%
5%
0%

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.
Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.
Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and 
accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.
Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

4

-35-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
      
      
      
      
 
 
Mobile Modular’s gross profit for 2019 increased $22.9 million, or 19%, to $143.6 million.  For the year ended December 31, 

2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018:

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues increased $23.2 million, or 15%, due to 6% higher average rental 
equipment on rent and 8% higher average monthly rental rates.  As a percentage of rental revenues, depreciation was 12% 
in  2019  compared  to  13%  in  2018  and  other  direct  costs  were  28%  in  2019  and  27%  in  2018,  which  resulted  in  gross 
margin percentage of 60% in 2019 and 2018.  The higher rental revenues and comparable rental margins resulted in gross 
profit on rental revenues increasing $14.0 million, or 15%, to $109.1 million in 2019.

Gross Profit on Rental Related Services – Rental related services revenues increased $14.7 million, or 27%, compared 
to 2018.  Most of these service revenues are negotiated with the initial lease and are recognized on a straight-line basis 
with the associated costs over the initial term of the lease.  The increase in rental related services revenues was primarily 
attributable to higher amortization of modular building delivery and return delivery and dismantle revenues and increased 
services performed during the lease.  The higher revenues and higher gross margin percentage of 25% in 2019 compared 
to 24% in 2018 resulted in rental related services gross profit increasing $4.6 million, or 35%, to $17.6 million in 2019.

Gross Profit on Sales – Sales revenues increased $7.6 million, or 19%, primarily due to higher new and used equipment 
sales.  The higher sales revenues, together with higher gross margins of 31% in 2019 compared to 29% in 2018, resulted 
in sales gross profit increasing $3.3 million, or 29%, to $14.6 million in 2019.  Sales occur routinely as a normal part of 
Mobile  Modular’s  rental  business;  however,  these  sales  can  fluctuate  from  period  to  period  depending  on  customer 
requirements, equipment availability and funding.

For 2019, Mobile Modular’s selling and administrative expenses increased $7.7 million, or 13%, to $65.7 million, primarily due 

to increased employee headcount, salaries and benefit costs and higher allocated corporate expenses.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

-36-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
TRS-RenTelco

For 2019, TRS-RenTelco’s total revenues increased $12.8 million, or 11%, to $131.5 million compared to 2018, primarily due 
to higher rental revenues, partly offset by lower sales revenues.  Pre-tax income increased $5.5 million, or 19%, to $34.2 million for 
2019, primarily due to higher gross profit on rental revenues, partly offset by higher selling and administrative expenses.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax 

income, and other selected information.

TRS-RenTelco – 2019 compared to 2018

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Increase (Decrease)

$

%

Revenues
Rental.................................................................................................  $
Rental related services.......................................................................   
Rental operations..........................................................................   
Sales...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total revenues ...................................................................   

  $

103,704 
3,260 
106,964 
22,106 
2,413 
131,483 

  $

89,937 
3,300 
93,237 
23,061 
2,359 
118,657 

13,767     
(40)   
13,727     
(955)   
54     
12,826     

Costs and Expenses
Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment.................................................   
Rental related services .................................................................   
Other.............................................................................................   
Total direct costs of rental operations.....................................   
Costs of sales .....................................................................................   
Total costs of revenues......................................................   

Gross Profit
Rental.................................................................................................   
Rental related services.......................................................................   
Rental operations..........................................................................   
Sales...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total gross profit ...............................................................   
Selling and administrative expenses..................................................   
Income from operations.....................................................................   
Interest expense allocation ................................................................   
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss)..............................................   
Pre-tax income ..................................................................  $

41,948 
2,791 
16,303 
61,042 
9,693 
70,735 

45,453 
469 
45,922 
12,413 
2,413 
60,748 
24,645 
36,103 
(1,970)    
84 
34,217 

  $

36,011 
2,698 
14,699 
53,408 
10,476 
63,884 

39,227 
602 
39,829 
12,585 
2,359 
54,773 
22,823 
31,950 
(2,696)    
(489)    
  $

28,765 

Other Selected Information
Average rental equipment 1 ...............................................................  $
Average rental equipment on rent .....................................................  $
Average monthly total yield 2............................................................   
Average utilization 3 ..........................................................................   
Average monthly rental rate 4............................................................   
Period end rental equipment 1............................................................  $
Period end utilization 3 ......................................................................   
1
2
3

306,426 
202,832 

  $
  $
2.82%   
66.2%   
4.26%   
  $
64.5%   

275,891 
173,019 

  $
  $
2.72%   
62.7%   
4.33%   
  $
62.1%   

333,613 

283,905 

5,937     
93     
1,604     
7,634     
(783)   
6,851     

6,226     
(133)   
6,093     
(172)   
54     
5,975     
1,822     
4,153     
(726)   
573   
5,452     

30,535     
29,813     

49,708     

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding accessory equipment.
Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.
Period  end  utilization  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  cost  of  rental  equipment  on  rent  by  the  total  cost  of  rental  equipment  excluding  accessory  equipment. 
Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.
Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

4

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

15%
(1)%
15%
(4)%
2%
11%

16%
3%
11%
14%
(7)%
11%

16%
(22)%
15%
(1)%
2%
11%
8%
13%
(27)%
nm 
19%

11%
17%
4%
6%
(2)%
18%
4%

nm = Not meaningful

-37-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
      
      
      
      
 
 
TRS-RenTelco’s gross profit for 2019 increased $6.0 million, or 11%, to $60.7 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2019 

compared to the year ended December 31, 2018:

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues increased $13.8 million, or 15%, to $103.7 million with depreciation 
expense increasing $5.9 million, or 16%, and other direct costs increasing $1.6 million, or 11%, resulting in an increase in 
gross  profit  on  rental  revenues  of  $6.2  million,  or  16%,  to  $45.5  million  in  2019.    As  a  percentage  of  rental  revenues, 
depreciation was 40% in 2019 and 2018 and other direct costs was 16% in 2019 and 2018, which resulted in gross margin 
percentage of 44% in 2019 and 2018.  The rental revenues increase was due to 17% higher average rental equipment on 
rent, partly offset by 2% lower average monthly rental rates. 

Gross Profit on Sales – Sales revenues decreased $1.0 million, or 4%, to $22.1 million in 2019.  Gross profit on sales 
decreased $0.2 million with gross margin percentage increasing to 56% from 55% in 2018, primarily due to higher gross 
margins on used equipment sales.  Sales occur routinely as a normal part of TRS-RenTelco’s rental business; however, 
these sales and related gross margins can fluctuate from period to period depending on customer requirements, equipment 
availability and funding.

For 2019, TRS-RenTelco’s selling and administrative expenses increased $1.8 million, or 8%, to $24.6 million, primarily due to 

higher salaries and employee benefit costs and higher allocated corporate expenses.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

-38-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
Adler Tanks

For 2019, Adler Tanks’ total revenues increased $1.9 million, or 2%, to $97.9 million compared to 2018, primarily due to higher 
rental related services and sales revenues, partly offset by lower rental revenues.  Pre-tax income decreased $0.5 million, primarily due 
to  lower  gross  profit  on  rental  revenues,  partly  offset  by  higher  gross  profit  on  rental  related  services  and  lower  selling  and 
administrative expenses.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax 

income and other selected information.

Adler Tanks – 2019 compared to 2018

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Increase (Decrease)

$

%

Revenues
Rental.................................................................................................  $
Rental related services.......................................................................   
Rental operations..........................................................................   
Sales...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total revenues ...................................................................   

Costs and Expenses
Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment.................................................   
Rental related services .................................................................   
Other.............................................................................................   
Total direct costs of rental operations.....................................   
Costs of sales .....................................................................................   
Total costs of revenues......................................................   

Gross Profit
Rental.................................................................................................   
Rental related services.......................................................................   
Rental operations..........................................................................   
Sales...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total gross profit ...............................................................   
Selling and administrative expenses..................................................   
Income from operations.....................................................................   
Interest expense allocation ................................................................   
Pre-tax income ..................................................................  $

  $

67,869 
28,383 
96,252 
1,266 
405 
97,923 

16,372 
21,663 
11,926 
49,961 
948 
50,909 

  $

69,701 
24,911 
94,612 
1,044 
397 
96,053 

15,928 
19,899 
11,167 
46,994 
1,004 
47,998 

39,571 
6,720 
46,291 
318 
405 
47,014 
29,321 
17,693 
(3,436)    
  $
14,257 

42,607 
5,012 
47,619 
39 
397 
48,055 
30,026 
18,029 
(3,252)    
  $
14,777 

Other Selected Information
Average rental equipment 1 ...............................................................  $
Average rental equipment on rent .....................................................  $
Average monthly total yield 2............................................................   
Average utilization 3 ..........................................................................   
Average monthly rental rate 4............................................................   
Period end rental equipment 1............................................................  $
Period end utilization 3 ......................................................................   
1
2
3

313,810 
171,664 

  $
  $
1.80%   
54.7%   
3.29%   
  $
48.4%   

310,401 
185,809 

  $
  $
1.87%   
59.9%   
3.13%   
  $
56.4%   

314,976 

312,186 

(1,832)   
3,472     
1,640     
222     
8     
1,870     

444     
1,764     
759     
2,967     
(56)   
2,911     
-     
(3,036)   
1,708     
(1,328)   
279   

8     
(1,041)   
(705)   
(336)   
184     
(520)   

3,409     
(14,145)   

2,790     

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

(3)%
14%
2%
21%
2%
2%

3%
9%
7%
6%
(6%)
6%

(7%)
34%
(3%)
nm 

2%
(2)%
(2)%
(2)%
6%
(4)%

1%
(8)%
(4)%
(9)%
5%
1%
(14%)

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.
Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.
Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and 
accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.
Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

4

-39-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
      
  
      
      
      
      
 
 
Adler  Tanks’  gross  profit  for  2019  decreased  $1.0  million,  or  2%,  to  $47.0  million.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019 

compared to year ended December 31, 2018:

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues decreased $1.8 million, or 3%, to $67.9 million, due to 8% lower 
average rental equipment on rent, partly offset by 5% higher average monthly rental rates in 2019 as compared to 2018.  
As a percentage of rental revenues, depreciation was 24% and 23% in 2019 and 2018, respectively, and other direct costs 
were 18% and 16% in 2019 and 2018, respectively, which resulted in gross margin percentages of 58% in 2019 compared 
to 61% in 2018.  The lower rental revenues, together with lower rental margins resulted in gross profit on rental revenues 
decreasing $3.0 million, or 7%, to $39.6 million in 2019.

Gross Profit on Rental Related Services – Rental related services revenues increased $3.5 million, or 14%, compared to 
2018, primarily due to increased cleaning and repair revenues.  The higher revenues together with higher gross margin 
percentage  of  24%  in  2019  compared  to  20%  in  2018  resulted  in  rental  related  services  gross  profit  increasing  $1.7 
million, or 34%, to $6.7 million in 2019.

For 2019, Adler Tanks’ selling and administrative expenses decreased $0.7 million, or 2%, to $29.3 million, primarily due to 

decreased employee headcount, salaries and benefit costs.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

-40-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2017

Overview

Consolidated revenues in 2018 increased 8%, to $498.3 million from $462.0 million in 2017.  Consolidated net income in 2018 
decreased to $79.4 million, or $3.24 per diluted share in 2018, compared to $153.9 million, or $6.34 per diluted share, in 2017.  2017 
results  included  an  increase  to  net  income  of  $102.5  million,  or  $4.23  per  diluted  share,  due  to  the  tax  benefit  associated  with  the 
enactment by the U.S. government of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 on December 22, 2017 (the “Tax Act”), which is discussed 
below.  The Company’s year over year total revenue increase was primarily due to higher rental and rental related services revenues as 
more fully described below.

For 2018 compared to 2017, on a consolidated basis:

Gross profit increased $26.9 million, or 13%, to $233.3 million.  Mobile Modular’s gross profit increased $16.8 million, 
or  16%,  due  to  higher  gross  profit  on  rental,  sales  and  rental  related  services  revenues.    Adler  Tanks’  gross  profit 
increased $4.8 million, or 11%, due to higher gross profit on rental revenues, partly offset by lower gross profit on sales 
and  rental  related  services  revenues.    TRS-RenTelco’s  gross  profit  increased  $4.5  million,  or  9%,  due  to  higher  gross 
profit on rental and sales revenues.  Enviroplex’s gross profit increased $0.8 million, or 9%, primarily due to higher gross 
margin on sales revenues. 

Selling and administrative expenses increased $4.2 million, or 4%, to $115.8 million, primarily due to increased salaries 
and employee benefit costs across all divisions.

Interest expense increased $0.7 million, or 6%, to $12.3 million, primarily due to 11% higher net average interest rate, 
partly offset by 5% lower average debt levels of the Company.

Pre-tax income contribution was 53%, 28% and 14% by Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco and Adler Tanks, respectively, 
in 2018, compared to 50%, 31% and 13%, respectively, in 2017.  These results are discussed on a segment basis below.  
Pre-tax income contribution by Enviroplex was 5% and 6% in 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The Tax Act, among other things, reduced the federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, and 
required a one-time mandatory repatriation of foreign earnings.  As a result of the Tax Act, the Company re-measured its 
net deferred tax liabilities and recognized a net benefit of $102.8 million.  In addition, a one-time transition income tax 
estimated at $0.3 million related to repatriation of foreign earnings was recorded.  The provision for income taxes resulted 
in a tax benefit of 84.4% in 2017 compared to a tax provision of 24.2% in 2018.  The tax benefit in 2017 was primarily 
due to the $102.5 million net impact of the Tax Act.  In addition, in 2018 the Company benefited from the recording of 
$2.0  million  excess  tax  benefits  relating  to  stock-based  compensation  as  a  reduction  to  the  provision  for  income  taxes 
compared to $0.9 million in 2017.  These tax benefits, or shortfalls, were recorded in equity prior to 2017. 

Adjusted  EBITDA  increased  $24.8  million,  or  14%,  to  $203.1  million  compared  to  $178.3  million  in  2017.    Adjusted 
EBITDA  is  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  and  is  defined  as  net  income  before  interest  expense,  provision  for  income 
taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash impairment costs and share-based compensation.  A reconciliation of Adjusted 
EBITDA  to  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  and  net  income  to  Adjusted  EBITDA  can  be  found  in  “Item  6. 
Selected Financial Data.” on page 29.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-41-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
 
 
Mobile Modular

For 2018, Mobile Modular’s total revenues increased $23.3 million, or 10%, to $254.6 million compared to 2017, primarily due 
to higher rental, rental related services and sales revenues.  The revenue increase, together with higher gross profit on rental and sales 
revenues, partly offset by higher selling and administrative expenses, resulted in an increase in pre-tax income of $13.9 million, or 
33%, to $55.6 million in 2018.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax 

income, and other selected information.

Mobile Modular – 2018 compared to 2017

(dollar amounts in thousands)

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

2018

2017

Increase (Decrease)
%
$

Revenues
Rental .................................................................................................  $
Rental related services .......................................................................   
Rental operations ..........................................................................   
Sales ...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total revenues ...................................................................   

Costs and Expenses
Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment .................................................   
Rental related services..................................................................   
Other .............................................................................................   
Total direct costs of rental operations .....................................   
Costs of sales......................................................................................   
Total costs of revenues ......................................................   

Gross Profit
Rental .................................................................................................   
Rental related services .......................................................................   
Rental operations ..........................................................................   
Sales ...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total gross profit ...............................................................   
Selling and administrative expenses ..................................................   
Income from operations .....................................................................   
Interest expense allocation.................................................................   
Pre-tax income...................................................................  $

159,136 
54,696 
213,832 
39,467 
1,275 
254,574 

21,200 
41,701 
42,812 
105,713 
28,111 
133,824 

95,123 
12,995 
108,118 
11,357 
1,275 
120,750 
58,017 
62,733 
(7,132)
55,601 

 $

 $

142,584 
50,448 
193,032 
37,435 
799 
231,266 

21,247 
37,755 
41,290 
100,292 
27,039 
127,331 

80,048 
12,693 
92,741 
10,395 
799 
103,935 
55,583 
48,352 
(6,671)
41,681 

 $

 $

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

Other Selected Information
Average rental equipment 1................................................................  $
Average rental equipment on rent 1 ...................................................  $
Average monthly total yield 2 ............................................................   
Average utilization 3 ..........................................................................   
Average monthly rental rate 4 ............................................................   
Period end rental equipment 1 ............................................................  $
Period end utilization 3.......................................................................   
1
2
3

756,513 
591,236 

 $
 $
1.75%   
78.2%   
2.24%   
 $
79.3%   

747,478 
574,201 

 $
 $
1.59%   
76.8%   
2.07%   
 $
77.8%   

775,492 

746,852 

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.
Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.
Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and 
accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.
Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

4

-42-

16,552    
4,248    
20,800    
2,032    
476    
23,308    

(47)   
3,946    
1,522    
5,421    
1,072    
6,493    

15,075    
302    
15,377    
962    
476    
16,815    
2,434    
14,381    
461    
13,920    

9,035    
17,035    

28,640    

12%
8%
11%
5%
60%
10%

(0)%
10%
4%
5%
4%
5%

19%
2%
17%
9%
60%
16%
4%
30%
7%
33%

1%
3%
10%
2%
8%
4%
2%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
     
Mobile  Modular’s  gross  profit  for  2018  increased  16%  to  $120.8  million  from  $103.9  million  in  2017.    For  the  year  ended 

December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017:

Gross  Profit  on  Rental  Revenues  –  Rental  revenues  increased  $16.6  million,  or  12%,  compared  to  2017,  due  to  3% 
higher average rental equipment on rent and 8% higher average monthly rental rates.  As a percentage of rental revenues, 
depreciation was 13% in 2018 compared to 15% in 2017 and other direct costs were 27% in 2018 and 29% in 2017, which 
resulted in gross margin percentage of 60% in 2018 compared to 56% in 2017.  Other direct costs in 2017 included a $1.6 
million impairment of rental assets, deemed beyond economic repair in the Southern California region.  The higher rental 
revenues and higher rental margins resulted in gross profit on rental revenues increasing 19%, to $95.1 million from $80.0 
million in 2017.

Gross Profit on Rental Related Services – Rental related services revenues increased $4.2 million, or 8%, compared to 
2017.  Most of these service revenues are negotiated with the initial lease and are recognized on a straight-line basis with 
the  associated  costs  over  the  initial  term  of  the  lease.    The  increase  in  rental  related  services  revenues  was  primarily 
attributable to higher repair revenue and increased services performed during the lease.  The higher revenues, partly offset 
by lower gross margin percentage of 24% in 2018 compared to 25% in 2017 resulted in rental related services gross profit 
increasing 2%, to $13.0 million from $12.7 million in 2017.

Gross Profit on Sales – Sales revenues increased $2.0 million, or 5%, compared to 2017.  Gross profit on sales increased 
$1.0 million, or 9%, due to higher used equipment sales revenues and higher gross margins of 29% in 2018 compared to 
28%  in  2017.    Sales  occur  routinely  as  a  normal  part  of  Mobile  Modular’s  rental  business;  however,  these  sales  can 
fluctuate from period to period depending on customer requirements, equipment availability and funding.

For 2018, Mobile Modular’s selling and administrative expenses increased $2.4 million, or 4%, to $58.0 million, primarily due 

to increased employee salaries and benefit costs and higher allocated corporate expenses.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-43-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
 
 
TRS-RenTelco

For 2018, TRS-RenTelco’s total revenues increased $10.6 million, or 10%, to $118.7 million compared to 2017, primarily due 
to higher rental and sales revenues.  Pre-tax income increased $2.6 million, or 10%, to $28.8 million for 2018, primarily due to higher 
gross profit on rental and sales revenues, partly offset by foreign currency exchange loss in 2018 and higher selling and administrative 
expenses.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax 

income, and other selected information.

TRS-RenTelco – 2018 compared to 2017

(dollar amounts in thousands)

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

2018

2017

Increase (Decrease)
%
$

Revenues
Rental .................................................................................................  $
Rental related services .......................................................................   
Rental operations ..........................................................................   
Sales ...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total revenues ...................................................................   

 $

89,937 
3,300 
93,237 
23,061 
2,359 
118,657 

 $

82,812 
2,858 
85,670 
20,334 
2,040 
108,044 

7,125    
442    
7,567    
2,727    
319    
10,613    

9%
15%
9%
13%
16%
10%

9%
4%
9%
9%
19%
11%

8%
124%
9%
9%
16%
9%
3%
14%
16%
nm 
10%

9%
9%
(1)%
0%
0%
9%
1%

3,120    
109    
1,196    
4,425    
1,704    
6,129    

2,809    
333    
3,142    
1,023    
319    
4,484    
652    
3,832    
376    
(823)  
2,633    

23,559    
14,189    

22,353    

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

Costs and Expenses
Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment .................................................   
Rental related services..................................................................   
Other .............................................................................................   
Total direct costs of rental operations .....................................   
Costs of sales......................................................................................   
Total costs of revenues ......................................................   

Gross Profit
Rental .................................................................................................   
Rental related services .......................................................................   
Rental operations ..........................................................................   
Sales ...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total gross profit ...............................................................   
Selling and administrative expenses ..................................................   
Income from operations .....................................................................   
Interest expense allocation.................................................................   
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss) ..............................................   
Pre-tax income...................................................................  $

36,011 
2,698 
14,699 
53,408 
10,476 
63,884 

39,227 
602 
39,829 
12,585 
2,359 
54,773 
22,823 
31,950 
(2,696)
(489)
28,765 

 $

32,891 
2,589 
13,503 
48,983 
8,772 
57,755 

36,418 
269 
36,687 
11,562 
2,040 
50,289 
22,171 
28,118 
(2,320)
334 
26,132 

 $

Other Selected Information
Average rental equipment 1................................................................  $
Average rental equipment on rent 1 ...................................................  $
Average monthly total yield 2 ............................................................   
Average utilization 3 ..........................................................................   
Average monthly rental rate 4 ............................................................   
Period end rental equipment 1 ............................................................  $
Period end utilization 3.......................................................................   
1
2
3

275,891 
173,019 

 $
 $
2.72%   
62.7%   
4.33%   
 $
62.1%   

252,332 
158,830 

 $
 $
2.74%   
62.9%   
4.35%   
 $
61.7%   

283,905 

261,552 

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding accessory equipment.
Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.
Period  end  utilization  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  cost  of  rental  equipment  on  rent  by  the  total  cost  of  rental  equipment  excluding  accessory  equipment. 
Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.
Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

4

nm = Not meaningful

-44-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
     
TRS-RenTelco’s gross profit for 2018 increased 9% to $54.8 million from $50.3 million in 2017.  For the year ended December 

31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017:

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues increased $7.1 million, or 9%, to $89.9 million with depreciation 
expense increasing $3.1 million, or 9%, and other direct costs increasing $1.2 million, or 9%, resulting in an increase in 
gross  profit  on  rental  revenues  of  $2.8  million,  or  8%,  to  $39.2  million  in  2018.    As  a  percentage  of  rental  revenues, 
depreciation was 40% in 2018 and 2017 and other direct costs was 16% in 2018 and 2017, which resulted in gross margin 
percentage of 44% in 2018 and 2017.  The rental revenues increase was due to 9% higher average rental equipment on 
rent. 

Gross  Profit  on  Sales  –  Sales  revenues  increased  $2.7  million,  or  13%,  compared  to  2017.    The  lower  gross  margin 
percentage  of  55%  in  2018,  compared  to  57%  in  2017  was  primarily  due  to  lower  gross  margin  on  new  and  used 
equipment  sales.    The  higher  sales  revenues,  partly  offset  by  lower  gross  margin,  resulted  in  gross  profit  on  sales 
increasing 9%, to $12.6 million from $11.6 million in 2017.  Sales occur routinely as a normal part of TRS-RenTelco’s 
rental business; however, these sales and related gross margins can fluctuate from period to period depending on customer 
requirements, equipment availability and funding.

For 2018, TRS-RenTelco’s selling and administrative expenses increased $0.7 million, or 3%, to $22.8 million, primarily due to 

higher salaries and employee benefit costs and higher allocated corporate expenses.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-45-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
 
 
Adler Tanks

For 2018, Adler Tanks’ total revenues increased $4.7 million, or 5%, to $96.1 million compared to 2017, primarily due to higher 
rental revenues, partly offset by lower sales revenues during 2018.  The revenue increase together with higher gross profit on rental 
revenues,  partly  offset  by  lower  gross  profit  on  sales  and  rental  related  services  revenues,  and  higher  selling  and  administrative 
expenses resulted in a pre-tax income increase of $4.2 million, or 39%, to $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax 

income and other selected information.

Adler Tanks – 2018 compared to 2017

(dollar amounts in thousands)

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

2018

2017

Increase (Decrease)
%
$

Revenues
Rental .................................................................................................  $
Rental related services .......................................................................   
Rental operations ..........................................................................   
Sales ...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total revenues ...................................................................   

Costs and Expenses
Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment .................................................   
Rental related services..................................................................   
Other .............................................................................................   
Total direct costs of rental operations .....................................   
Costs of sales......................................................................................   
Total costs of revenues ......................................................   

Gross Profit
Rental .................................................................................................   
Rental related services .......................................................................   
Rental operations ..........................................................................   
Sales ...................................................................................................   
Other ..................................................................................................   
Total gross profit ...............................................................   
Selling and administrative expenses ..................................................   
Income from operations .....................................................................   
Interest expense allocation.................................................................   
Pre-tax income...................................................................  $

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

69,701 
24,911 
94,612 
1,044 
397 
96,053 

15,928 
19,899 
11,167 
46,994 
1,004 
47,998 

42,607 
5,012 
47,619 
39 
397 
48,055 
30,026 
18,029 
(3,252)
14,777 

 $

 $

64,021 
24,762 
88,783 
2,362 
210 
91,355 

15,770 
19,685 
10,679 
46,134 
2,003 
48,137 

37,572 
5,076 
42,648 
360 
210 
43,218 
29,542 
13,676 
(3,071)
10,605 

 $

 $

Other  Selected Information
Average rental equipment 1................................................................  $
Average rental equipment on rent 1 ...................................................  $
Average monthly total yield 2 ............................................................   
Average utilization 3 ..........................................................................   
Average monthly rental rate 4 ............................................................   
Period end rental equipment 1 ............................................................  $
Period end utilization 3.......................................................................   
1
2
3

310,401 
185,809 

 $
 $
1.87%   
59.9%   
3.13%   
 $
56.4%   

307,558 
172,140 

 $
 $
1.73%   
56.0%   
3.10%   
 $
57.5%   

312,186 

308,877 

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.
Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.
Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and 
accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.
Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

4

-46-

5,680    
149    
5,829    
(1,318)   
187    
4,698    

158    
214    
488    
860    
(999)   
(139)   

5,035    
(64)   
4,971    
(321)   
187    
4,837    
484    
4,353    
181    
4,172    

2,843    
13,669    

3,309    

9%
1%
7%
(56)%
89%
5%

1%
1%
5%
2%
(50)%
(0)%

13%
(1)%
12%
(89)%
89%
11%
2%
32%
6%
39%

1%
8%
8%
7%
1%
1%
(2)%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
     
Adler Tanks’ gross profit for 2018 increased $4.8 million, or 11%, to $48.1 million compared to the same period in 2017.  For 

the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to year ended December 31, 2017:

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues increased $5.7 million, or 9%, to $69.7 million, due to 8% higher 
average rental equipment on rent and 1% higher average rental rates in 2018 as compared to 2017.  As a percentage of 
rental revenues, depreciation was 23% and 25% in 2018 and 2017, respectively, and other direct costs were 16% and 17% 
in 2018 and 2017, respectively, which resulted in gross margin percentages of 61% in 2018 compared to 59% in 2017.  
The higher rental revenues, together with higher rental margins resulted in gross profit on rental revenues increasing $5.0 
million, or 13%, to $42.6 million in 2018.

Gross Profit on Rental Related Services – Rental related services revenues increased $0.1 million, or 1%, compared to 
2017.  Lower gross margin percentage of 20% in 2018 compared to 21% in 2017, partly offset by higher revenue, resulted 
in rental related services gross profit decreasing $0.1 million, or 1%, to $5.0 million from $5.1 million in 2017.

For 2018, Adler Tanks’ selling and administrative expenses increased $0.5 million, or 2% to $30.0 million from $29.5 million in 

the same period in 2017, primarily due to increased employee headcount, salaries and benefit costs.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-47-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
 
 
K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s rental businesses are capital intensive and generate significant cash flows.  Cash flows for the Company in 2019 

as compared to 2018 are summarized as follows:

Cash  Flows  from  Operating  Activities:  The  Company’s  operations  provided  net  cash  flow  of  $188.0  million  for  2019  as 
compared  to  $142.7  million  in  2018.    The  32%  increase  was  primarily  attributable  to  higher  operating  profit,  increased  accounts 
payable and accrued liabilities and other balance sheet changes.

Cash  Flows  from  Investing  Activities:  Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  was  $143.1  million  for  2019  as  compared  to 
$104.5 million in 2018.  The $38.6 million increase was primarily due to $44.6 million higher purchases of rental equipment of $167.7 
million in 2019, compared to $123.1 million in 2018, partly offset by $3.6 million lower purchases of property, plant and equipment 
and $2.7 million higher proceeds from sales of used rental equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities: Net cash used in financing activities was $44.0 million in 2019 as compared to $39.1 
million in 2018.  The $4.9 million increase was primarily due to $20.3 million lower net borrowings under bank lines of credit and 
$4.6 million higher dividend payments, partly offset by $20.0 million lower payment of principal Series A Senior Notes.

Significant capital expenditures are required to maintain and grow the Company’s rental assets.  During the last three years, the 
Company has financed its working capital and capital expenditure requirements through cash flow from operations, proceeds from the 
sale  of  rental  equipment  and  from  bank  borrowings.  Sales  occur  routinely  as  a  normal  part  of  the  Company’s  rental  businesses.  
However,  these  sales  can  fluctuate  from  period  to  period  depending  on  customer  requirements  and  funding.    Although  the  net 
proceeds received from sales may fluctuate from period to period, the Company believes its liquidity will not be adversely impacted 
from  lower  sales  in  any  given  year  because  it  believes  it  has  the  ability  to  increase  its  bank  borrowings,  offer  additional  notes  and 
conserve its cash in the future by reducing the amount of cash it uses to purchase rental equipment, pay dividends, or repurchase the 
Company’s common stock.

As the following table indicates, cash flow provided by operating activities and proceeds from sales of used rental equipment 

have been greater than rental equipment purchases over the past three years.

Funding of Rental Asset Growth

 (amounts in thousands)

Cash provided by operating activities ................................................   $
Proceeds from sales of used rental equipment ...................................    
Cash available for purchase of rental equipment ...............................    
Purchases of rental equipment............................................................    
Cash paid for acquisition of business assets.......................................    
Cash available for other uses..............................................................   $

  $

  $

2019
187,994 
44,447 
232,441 
(167,703)    
(7,808)    
  $
56,930 

Year Ended December 31,
2018
142,667 
41,786 
184,453 
(123,071)    
(7,543)    
  $
53,839 

  $

2017
122,389 
38,344 
160,733 
(94,579)    
— 
66,154 

  $

Three Year
Totals
453,050 
124,577 
577,627 
(385,353)
(15,351)
176,923  

In addition to increasing its rental assets, the Company had other capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment of $12.1 
million in 2019, $15.7 million in 2018 and $14.6 million in 2017, and has used cash to provide returns to its shareholders in the form 
of cash dividends.  The Company paid cash dividends of $35.5 million, $30.9 million and $24.9 million in the years ended December 
31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The Company has in the past made repurchases of shares of its common stock from time to time in the over-the-counter market 
(NASDAQ)  and/or  through  privately  negotiated,  block  transactions  under  an  authorization  from  the  Board  of  Directors.    Shares 
repurchased by the Company are canceled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued stock.  There were no repurchases of 
common  stock  during  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017.    As  of  February  25,  2020,  1,592,026  shares 
remain authorized for repurchase.

Unsecured Revolving Lines of Credit

In  March  2016,  the  Company  renewed  its  credit  agreement  with  a  syndicate  of  banks  (the  “Credit  Facility”).    The  five-year 
facility matures on March 31, 2021 and replaced the Company’s prior $420.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility.  The Credit 
Facility  provides  for  a  $420.0  million  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility  (which  may  be  increased  to  $620.0 million  with  $200.0 
million of additional commitments), which includes a $25.0 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit and a $10.0 
million sublimit for swingline loans.

-48-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
In March 2016, the Company entered into a Credit Facility Letter Agreement and a Credit Line Note in favor of MUFG Union 
Bank, N.A., extending its line of credit facility related to its cash management services (“Sweep Service Facility”) and increasing the 
facility size from $10.0 million to $12.0 million. The Sweep Service Facility matures on the earlier of March 31, 2021, or the date the 
Company ceases to utilize MUFG Union Bank, N.A. for its cash management services. 

At December 31, 2019, under the Credit Facility and Sweep Service Facility, the Company had unsecured lines of credit that 
permit  it  to  borrow  up  to  $432.0  million  of  which  $193.5  million  was  outstanding,  and  had  capacity  to  borrow  up  to  an  additional 
$238.5  million.    The  Credit  Facility  contains  financial  covenants  requiring  the  Company  to  not  (all  defined  terms  used  below  not 
otherwise defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Amended Credit Facility):

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of EBITDA to fixed charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter to 
be less than 2.50 to 1.  At December 31, 2019, the actual ratio was 4.27 to 1.

Permit  the  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  of  funded  debt  to  EBITDA  at  any  time  during  any  period  of  four  consecutive 
fiscal quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1.  At December 31, 2019, the actual ratio was 1.24 to 1.

Permit Tangible Net Worth as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Company to be less than the sum of (i) $246.1 million 
plus  (ii)  25%  of  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Net  Income  (as  defined  in  the  Amended  Credit  Facility)  (but  only  if  a 
positive number) for each fiscal quarter ended subsequent to December 31, 2011 plus (iii) 90% of the net cash proceeds 
from the issuance of the Company’s capital stock after December 31, 2011.  At December 31, 2019, such sum was $388.1 
million and the actual Tangible Net Worth of the Company was $598.5 million.

At December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with each of the aforementioned covenants.  There are no anticipated 
trends that the Company is aware of that would indicate non-compliance with these covenants, although significant deterioration in 
our financial performance could impact the Company’s ability to comply with these covenants.

3.68% Senior Notes Due in 2021

On March 17, 2014, the Company issued and sold to the Purchasers a $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.68% 
Series B Senior Notes (the “Series B Senior Notes”) pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, as amended.  The Series B 
Senior Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company and bear interest at a rate of 3.68% per annum and mature on March 17, 
2021.  Interest on the Series B Senior Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on September 17, 2014 and continuing thereafter on 
March 17 and September 17 of each year until maturity.  The principal balance is due when the notes mature in 2021.  The full net 
proceeds from the Series B Senior Notes were used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.  At December 31, 2019, 
the principal balance outstanding under the Series B Senior Notes was $40.0 million.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

3.84% Senior Notes Due in 2022

On November 5, 2015, the Company issued and sold to the Purchasers a $60.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.84% 
Series C Senior Notes (the “Series C Senior Notes”) pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, as amended.  The Series C 
Senior Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company and bear interest at a rate of 3.84% per annum and mature on November 5, 
2022.    Interest  on  the  Series  C  Senior  Notes  is  payable  semi-annually  beginning  on  May  5,  2016  and  continuing  thereafter  on 
November  5  and  May  5  of  each  year  until  maturity.    The  principal  balance  is  due  when  the  notes  mature  in  2022.    The  full  net 
proceeds  from  the  Series  C  Senior  Notes  were  used  to  reduce  the  outstanding  balance  on  the  Company’s  revolving  credit  line.    At 
December 31, 2019, the principal balance outstanding under the Series C Senior Notes was $60.0 million.

Among other restrictions, the Note Purchase Agreement, under which the Series B Senior Notes and Series C Senior Notes were 
sold, contains financial covenants requiring the Company to not (all defined terms used below not otherwise defined herein have the 
meaning assigned to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement):

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of EBITDA (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) to fixed 
charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be less than 2.50 to 1.  At December 31, 2019, the actual ratio was 4.27 to 1.

Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of funded debt to EBITDA (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) at any 
time during any period of four consecutive quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1.  At December 31, 2019, the actual ratio 
was 1.24 to 1.

Permit tangible net worth, calculated as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, to be less than the sum of (i) $229.0 million, 
plus  (ii)  25%  of  net  income  for  such  fiscal  quarter  subsequent  to  December  31,  2010,  plus  (iii)    90%  of  the  net  cash 
proceeds from the issuance of the Company’s capital stock after December 31, 2010.  At December 31, 2019, such sum 
was $388.1 million and the actual tangible net worth of the Company was $598.5 million.

-49-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
 
 
At December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with each of the aforementioned covenants.  There are no anticipated 
trends that the Company is aware of that would indicate non-compliance with these covenants, although significant deterioration in 
our financial performance could impact the Company’s ability to comply with these covenants.

Although no assurance can be given, the Company believes it will continue to be able to negotiate general bank lines of credit 
and issue senior notes adequate to meet capital requirements not otherwise met by operational cash flows and proceeds from sales of 
rental equipment.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

At December 31, 2019, the Company’s material contractual obligations and commitments consisted of outstanding borrowings 
under  our  credit  facilities  expiring  in  2021,  outstanding  amounts  under  our  3.68%  and  3.84%  senior  notes  due  in  2021  and  2022, 
respectively, and operating leases for facilities.  The operating lease amounts exclude property taxes and insurance.  The table below 
provides a summary of the Company’s contractual obligations and reflects expected payments due as of December 31, 2019 and does 
not reflect changes that could arise after that date.

Payments Due by Period

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Revolving lines of credit.........................................................  $
3.68% Series B senior notes due in 2021 ...............................   
3.84% Series C senior notes due in 2022 ...............................   
Operating leases for facilities .................................................   
Total contractual obligations ..................................................  $

Total
193,459 
42,944 
66,918 
9,495 
312,816 

 $

 $

Within
1 Year

— 
1,472 
2,310 
2,732 
6,514 

Within
2 to 3 Years  
193,459 
41,472 
64,608 
4,175 
303,714 

 $

 $

Within
4 to 5 Years  
— 
— 
— 
2,295 
2,295 

 $

 $

More than
5 Years

 $

 $

— 
— 
— 
293 
293  

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

The Company believes that its needs for working capital and capital expenditures through 2019 and beyond will be adequately 

met by operating cash flow, proceeds from the sale of rental equipment, and bank borrowings.

Please see the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows on page 62 for a more detailed presentation of the sources 

and uses of the Company's cash.

Critical Accounting Policies

In response to the SEC’s Release No. 33-8040, “Cautionary Advice Regarding Disclosure About Critical Accounting Policies,” 
the Company has identified the most critical accounting policies upon which its financial status depends.  The Company determined 
its  critical  accounting  policies  by  considering  those  policies  that  involve  the  most  complex  or  subjective  decisions  or  assessments.  
The  Company  has  identified  that  its  most  critical  accounting  policies  are  those  related  to  revenue  recognition,  depreciation, 
maintenance,  repair  and  refurbishment,  impairment  of  rental  equipment  and  impairment  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets.  
Descriptions of these accounting policies are found in both the notes to the consolidated financial statements and at relevant sections 
in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

Revenue recognition:

Lease revenue - Rental revenues from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for 
all operating segments.  Rental billings for periods extending beyond period end are recorded as deferred income and are recognized 
in the period earned.  Rental related services revenues are primarily associated with relocatable modular building and liquid and solid 
containment  tanks  and  boxes  leases.    For  modular  building  leases,  rental  related  services  revenues  for  modifications,  delivery, 
installation, dismantle and return delivery are lease related because the payments are considered minimum lease payments that are an 
integral part of the negotiated lease agreement with the customer.  These revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term 
of the lease. Certain leases are accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable 
are recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis 
which results in a constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.  Other revenues include interest income on sales-type 
leases and rental income on facility leases.

Non-lease  revenue  -  Sales  revenue  is  recognized  upon  delivery  and  installation  of  the  equipment  to  customers.    Certain 
leases are accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable are recognized upon 
delivery and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis which results in a 
constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.  The Company typically recognizes non-lease related revenues at a point 
in  time  because  the  customer  does  not  simultaneously  consume  the  benefits  of  the  Company’s  promised  goods  and  services,  or 

-50-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
performance  obligations,  and  obtain  control  when  delivery  and  installation  are  complete.    For  contracts  that  have  multiple 
performance obligations, the transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation in the contract based on the Company’s best 
estimate  of  the  standalone  selling  prices  of  each  distinct  performance  obligation  in  the  contract.    The  standalone  selling  price  is 
typically determined based upon the expected cost plus an estimated margin of each performance obligation.  

Depreciation - The estimated useful lives and estimated residual values used for rental equipment are based on the Company’s 
experience as to the economic useful life and sale value of its products.  Additionally, to the extent information is publicly available, 
the Company also compares its depreciation policies to other companies with similar rental products for reasonableness.

The lives and residual values of rental equipment are subject to periodic evaluation.  For modular equipment, external factors to 
consider  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  changes  in  legislation,  regulations,  building  codes,  local  permitting,  and  supply  or 
demand.    Internal  factors  for  modulars  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  change  in  equipment  specifications,  condition  of 
equipment, or maintenance policies.  For electronic test equipment, external factors to consider may include, but are not limited to, 
technological advances, changes in manufacturers’ selling prices, and supply or demand.  Internal factors for electronic test equipment 
may include, but are not limited to, change in equipment specifications, condition of equipment or maintenance policies.  For liquid 
and solid containment tanks and boxes, external factors to consider may include, but are not limited to, changes in Federal and State 
legislation, the types of materials stored and the frequency of movements and uses.  Internal factors for liquid and solid containment 
tanks and boxes may include, but are not limited to, change in equipment specifications and maintenance policies.

Changes  in  useful  lives  or  residual  values  will  impact  depreciation  expense  and  any  gain  or  loss  from  the  sale  of  used 

equipment. Depending on the magnitude of such changes, the impact on the financial statements could be significant.

Maintenance, repair and refurbishment - Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  The direct material and labor 
costs  of  value-added  additions  or  major  refurbishment  of  modular  buildings  are  capitalized  to  the  extent  the  refurbishment 
significantly improves the quality and adds value or life to the equipment.  Judgment is involved as to when these costs  should be 
capitalized.  The Company’s policies narrowly limit the capitalization of value-added items to specific additions such as restrooms, 
sidewalls and ventilation upgrades.  In addition, only major refurbishment costs incurred near the end of the estimated useful life of 
the rental equipment, which extend its useful life, and are subject to certain limitations, are capitalized. Changes in these policies could 
impact the Company’s financial results.

Impairment  of  rental  equipment  -  The  carrying  value  of  the  Company’s  rental  equipment  is  its  capitalized  cost  less 
accumulated depreciation.  To the extent events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value cannot be recovered, an impairment 
loss  is  recognized  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  to  fair  value.    The  Company  determines  fair  value  based  upon  the  condition  of  the 
equipment  and  the  projected  net  cash  flows  from  its  rental  and  sale  considering  current  market  conditions.    Additionally,  if  the 
Company decides to sell or otherwise dispose of the rental equipment, it is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell or 
dispose.   Due to uncertainties inherent in the valuation process and market conditions, it is reasonably possible that actual results of 
operating and disposing of rental equipment could be materially different than current expectations.

Impairment  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  - The  Company  assesses  the  carrying  amount  of  its  recorded  goodwill  and 
intangible assets annually or in interim periods if circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred.  The impairment review is 
performed by first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is 
less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The 
two-step process requires management to make certain judgments in determining what assumptions to use in the calculation.  The first 
step in the evaluation consists of estimating the fair value of the reporting unit based on discounted cash flows using revenue and after 
tax profit estimates.  Management then compares its estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit with the reporting unit’s carrying 
amount, which includes goodwill and intangible assets.  If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of 
the  net  assets  assigned  to  that  unit,  then  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  are  not  impaired  and  no  further  testing  is  required.    If  the 
carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit were to exceed its fair value, then the second step is performed in order 
to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and intangible assets and an impairment loss is recorded for an 
amount equal to the difference between the implied fair value and the carrying value of the goodwill and intangible assets.

Impact of Inflation

Although the Company cannot precisely determine the effect of inflation, from time to time it has experienced increases in costs 
of rental equipment, manufacturing costs, operating expenses and interest.  Because a majority of its rentals are relatively short-term, 
the Company has generally been able to pass on such increased costs through increases in rental rates and selling prices, but there can 
be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to pass on increased costs to customers in the future.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-51-

 
 
Off Balance Sheet Transactions

As of December 31, 2019, the Company did not have any “off-balance-sheet arrangements,” as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of 

Regulation S-K.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

The Company is exposed to cash flow and fair value risk due to changes in interest rates with respect to its 3.68% and 3.84% 
senior  notes  due  in  2021  and  2022,  respectively,  and  its  revolving  lines  of  credit.    Weighted  average  variable  rates  are  based  on 
implied forward rates in the yield curve at December 31, 2019.  The estimate of fair value of the Company’s fixed rate debt is based 
on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for bank loans with similar terms and average maturities.  The table below 
presents principal cash flows by expected annual maturities, related weighted average interest rates and estimated fair value for the 
Company’s  Series  B  and  Series  C  Senior  Notes  and  the  Company’s  revolving  lines  of  credit  under  the  Credit  Facility  and  Sweep 
Service Facility as of December 31, 2019.

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

2021

2022

Thereafter

Total

Revolving lines of credit...................................................     $ 193,459 
Weighted average interest rate..........................................      
3.68% Series B senior notes due in 2021 .........................     $
Stated interest rate.............................................................  
3.84% Series C senior notes due in 2022 .........................     $
Stated interest rate.............................................................  

  $
3.59%    
  $
3.68%    
  $
— 
— 

40,000 

  $

  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
60,000 

  $
3.84%    

—    $ 193,459 
—     
—    $
—     
—    $
—     

  $
3.59%    
  $
3.68%    
  $
3.84%    

60,000 

40,000 

Estimated
Fair Value

193,459 

40,817 

60,611 

The  Company  formed  a  wholly  owned  Canadian  subsidiary,  TRS-RenTelco  Inc.,  in  2004  in  conjunction  with  the  TRS 
acquisition  and  a  wholly  owned  Indian  subsidiary,  TRS-RenTelco  India  Private  Limited,  in  2013.    The  Company  commenced  the 
closure of its Indian operations during 2017.  The Canadian operations of the Company subject it to foreign currency risks (i.e. the 
possibility  that  the  financial  results  could  be  better  or  worse  than  planned  because  of  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates).  
Currently, the Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge its economic exposure with respect to assets, liabilities and firm 
commitments denominated in foreign currencies.  In 2019, the Company experienced minimal impact on net income due to foreign 
exchange rate fluctuations.  Although there can be no assurances, given the size of the Canadian operations, the Company does not 
expect future foreign exchange gains and losses to be significant.

The Company has no derivative financial instruments that expose the Company to significant market risk.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

-52-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

Index
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting ..............................................................................................

Page
54

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ...........................................................................................................

55

Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 ..............................................................................................

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017..................................................

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 .......................

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017............................

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017...........................................

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.....................................................................................................................................

58

59

60

61

62

63

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-53-

 
 
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for the preparation and integrity of the consolidated financial statements appearing 
in  our  Annual  Report  filed  on  Form  10-K.  The  consolidated  financial  statements  were  prepared  in  conformity  with  United  States 
generally accepted accounting principles and include amounts based on management’s estimates and judgments.  All other financial 
information in this report has been presented on a basis consistent with the information included in the financial statements.

The  Company’s  management  is  also  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.    The  Company 
maintains a system of internal control that is designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliable preparation and presentation 
of the consolidated financial statements, as well as to safeguard assets from unauthorized use or disposition.

The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is embodied in the Company’s Code of Business Conduct 
and Ethics.  It sets the tone of our organization and includes factors such as integrity and ethical values.  Our internal control over 
financial reporting is supported by formal policies and procedures, which are reviewed, modified and improved as changes occur in 
business conditions and operations.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  
Projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of 
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

The  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  which  is  composed  solely  of  outside  directors,  meets  periodically  with 
members  of  management  and  the  independent  auditors  to  review  and  discuss  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  well  as 
accounting and financial reporting matters.  The independent auditors report to the Audit Committee and accordingly have full and 
free access to the Audit Committee at any time.

The Company’s management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2019 based on the criteria set forth in the 2013 Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based on its evaluation, management has concluded that, as of December 
31, 2019, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

-54-

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Shareholders
McGrath RentCorp

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of McGrath RentCorp (a California corporation) and subsidiaries (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by 
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all 
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in the 2013 
Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, and our report 
dated February 25, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control 
over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the 
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such 
other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a  reasonable  basis  for  our 
opinion.

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

San Jose, California 
February 25, 2020

-55-

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Shareholders
McGrath RentCorp

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

Opinion on the financial statements 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of McGrath RentCorp (a California corporation) and subsidiaries (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ 
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred 
to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position 
of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in 
the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(“PCAOB”),  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  the 
2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(“COSO”), and our report dated February 25, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for opinion 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to 
be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. 
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to 
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence 
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matter 
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was 
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material 
to the financial statements and (2) involved especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical 
audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the 
critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it 
relates. 

Valuation of TRS-RenTelco rental equipment 
As described further in note 1 to the financial statements, the Company evaluates the carrying value of rental equipment for 
impairment whenever events and circumstances have occurred that would indicate the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. 
We identified the valuation of the Company’s TRS-RenTelco rental equipment as a critical audit matter.

The principal consideration for our determination of the valuation of the TRS-RenTelco rental equipment as a critical audit matter is 
that the TRS-RenTelco rental equipment can be sensitive to new developments in technology, which creates the risk that equipment 
could become obsolete or impaired. Management’s impairment analysis relies on estimates of future financial performance of its 
rental equipment. These estimates include assumptions based upon historical and projected results including utilization, rental pricing 
and the equipment’s useful life and expected sales proceeds. The failure to achieve these projections might be indicators of potential 
impairment.   

Our audit procedures related to the impairment of TRS-RenTelco rental equipment included the following, among others. 

(cid:129) We tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls relating to the impairment process, determination of the 

assumptions, and review of equipment that didn’t meet assumed performance thresholds. 

(cid:129) We evaluated the appropriateness of useful lives assigned to the rental equipment.

-56-

(cid:129) We analyzed trends in utilization and yield at a disaggregated product level, both year-over-year and quarter-over-quarter to 

evaluate if indicators of impairment were present for any particular product.

For a sample of assets, we inspected underlying documents and compared to the information in management’s analysis for 
accuracy.

(cid:129) We independently identified any underperforming assets by recalculating management’s analysis performed by using actual 

margins on sales proceeds.

For assets discussed above, we inquired of management with respect to the assets and factors driving assessment of 
realizability and corroborated explanations received.   

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

San Jose, California
February 25, 2020

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-57-

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
 
 
MCGRATH RENTCORP
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)
Assets
Cash........................................................................................................................................  $
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,883 in 2019
   and 2018.............................................................................................................................. 
Rental equipment, at cost:

Relocatable modular buildings ......................................................................................... 
Electronic test equipment ................................................................................................. 
Liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes ................................................................ 

Less accumulated depreciation......................................................................................... 
Rental equipment, net....................................................................................................... 
Property, plant and equipment, net ........................................................................................ 
Prepaid expenses and other assets.......................................................................................... 
Intangible assets, net .............................................................................................................. 
Goodwill ................................................................................................................................ 

Total assets ............................................................................................................  $

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Liabilities:

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

Notes payable ...................................................................................................................  $
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ......................................................................... 
Deferred income ............................................................................................................... 
Deferred income taxes, net ............................................................................................... 
Total liabilities....................................................................................................... 

Shareholders’ equity:

Common stock, no par value - Authorized 40,000 shares

Issued and outstanding - 24,296 shares as of December 31, 2019 and 24,182
   shares as of December 31, 2018 .............................................................................. 
Retained earnings ............................................................................................................. 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss ........................................................................... 
Total shareholders’ equity ..................................................................................... 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity ..............................................................  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

December 31,

2019

2018

2,342    $

1,508 

128,099   

121,016 

868,807   
335,343   
316,261   
1,520,411   
(552,911)  
967,500   
131,047   
45,356   
7,334   
28,197   
1,309,875    $

293,431    $
109,174   
54,964   
218,270   
675,839   

106,360   
527,746   
(70)  
634,036   
1,309,875    $

817,375 
285,052 
313,573 
1,416,000 
(514,985)
901,015 
126,899 
31,816 
7,254 
27,808 
1,217,316 

298,564 
90,844 
49,709 
206,664 
645,781 

103,801 
467,783 
(49)
571,535 
1,217,316 

-58-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
MCGRATH RENTCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues

Rental .................................................................................................... 
Rental related services........................................................................... 
Rental operations ............................................................................. 
Sales ...................................................................................................... 
Other...................................................................................................... 
Total revenues....................................................................... 

Costs and Expenses

Direct costs of rental operations:

Depreciation of rental equipment .................................................... 
Rental related services ..................................................................... 
Other ................................................................................................ 
Total direct costs of rental operations................................... 
Costs of sales......................................................................................... 
Total costs of revenues ......................................................... 
Gross profit...................................................................... 
Selling and administrative expenses ..................................................... 
Income from operations ................................................................... 

Other income (expense):

Interest expense ............................................................................... 
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss) ............................................ 
Income before provision for income taxes ................................. 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes ..................................................... 
Net income ................................................................................. 

Earnings per share:

Basic ...................................................................................................... 
Diluted................................................................................................... 

Shares used in per share calculation:

Basic ...................................................................................................... 
Diluted................................................................................................... 
Cash dividends declared per share.............................................................. 

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

$353,889  
101,038  
454,927  
110,229  
5,074  
570,230  

80,391  
76,241  
79,365  
235,997  
68,068  
304,065  
266,165  
124,793  
141,372  

(12,331)

84  
129,125  
32,319  
$96,806  

$3.99  
$3.93  

24,250  
24,623  
$1.50  

$318,774  
82,907  
401,681  
92,618  
4,031  
498,330  

73,139  
64,298  
68,678 
206,115  
58,964  
265,079  
233,251  
115,770  
117,481  

(12,297)
(489)
104,695  
25,289  
$79,406  

$3.29  
$3.24  

24,141  
24,540  
$1.36  

$289,417
78,068
367,485
91,500
3,049
462,034

69,908
60,029
65,472
195,409
60,280
255,689
206,345
111,605
94,740

(11,622)
334
83,452
(70,468)
$153,920

$6.41
$6.34

23,999
24,269
$1.04

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

-59-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MCGRATH RENTCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)
Net income......................................................................................................... 
Other comprehensive income (loss):

Foreign currency translation adjustment......................................................
Tax benefit (provision).................................................................................
Comprehensive income ..................................................................................... 

$

$

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

96,806    $

79,406    $

153,920 

(29)    
8     
96,785    $

161     
(42)    
79,525    $

(174)
61 
153,807 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

-60-

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
      
      
  
  
  
 
 
   
       
       
 
MCGRATH RENTCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Balance at December 31, 2016.......................................................   
Net income..................................................................................   
Share-based compensation..........................................................   
Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares
   withheld for employee taxes ....................................................   
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock awards ........   
Dividends accrued at $1.04 per share .........................................   
Other comprehensive loss...........................................................   
Balance at December 31, 2017.......................................................   
Net income..................................................................................   
Share-based compensation..........................................................   
Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares
   withheld for employee taxes ....................................................   
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock awards ........   
Dividends accrued at $1.36 per share .........................................   
Other comprehensive gain ..........................................................   
Balance at December 31, 2018.......................................................   
Net income..................................................................................   
Share-based compensation..........................................................   
Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares
   withheld for employee taxes ....................................................   
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock awards ........   
Dividends accrued at $1.50 per share .........................................   
Other comprehensive loss...........................................................   
Balance at December 31, 2019.......................................................   

Common Stock

Shares
23,948   $ 101,821 

  Amount

—    
—    

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive 
  Retained  
  Income (Loss)  
  Earnings
 $
 $ 292,521 
—     153,920    
—    

3,198    

Total
Shareholders’ 
Equity

(55)  $ 394,287 
—     153,920 
3,198 
—    

104    
—    
—    
—    

—    
(2,072)   
—    
—    

—    
—    
(25,036)   
—    
24,052     102,947     421,405    
79,406    
—    

—    
4,111    

—    
—    

130    
—    
—    
—    

—    
(3,257)   
—    
—    

—    
—    
(33,028)   
—    
24,182     103,801     467,783    
96,806    
—    

—    
5,892    

—    
—    

114    
—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
(36,843)   
—    
24,296   $ 106,360   $ 527,746   $

—    
(3,333)   
—    
—    

— 
—    
(2,072)
—    
(25,036)
—    
(113)   
(113)
(168)    524,184 
79,406 
4,111 

—    
—    

— 
—    
(3,257)
—    
(33,028)
—    
119    
119 
(49)    571,535 
96,806 
—    
5,892 
—    

— 
—    
(3,333)
—    
(36,843)
—    
(21)   
(21)
(70)  $ 634,036  

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

-61-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MCGRATH RENTCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

Net income ...................................................................................................  $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
   operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization................................................................ 
Impairment of rental assets..................................................................... 
Provision for doubtful accounts.............................................................. 
Share-based compensation ..................................................................... 
Gain on sale of used rental equipment.................................................... 
Foreign currency exchange (gain) loss................................................... 
Amortization of debt issuance costs ....................................................... 

     Change in:

Accounts receivable .......................................................................... 
Prepaid expenses and other assets..................................................... 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .......................................... 
Deferred income................................................................................ 
Deferred income taxes ...................................................................... 
Net cash provided by operating activities.................................... 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

Purchases of rental equipment ..................................................................... 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment ................................................ 
Cash paid for acquisition of business assets ................................................ 
Proceeds from sales of used rental equipment ............................................. 
Net cash used in investing activities............................................ 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

Net borrowings (repayment) under bank lines of credit .............................. 
Principal payments on Series A senior notes ............................................... 
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock awards ......................... 
Payment of dividends................................................................................... 
Net cash used in financing activities ........................................... 
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash ............................... 
Net increase (decrease) in cash.................................................... 
Cash balance, beginning of period .................................................................... 
Cash balance, end of period...............................................................................  $
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
Interest paid, during the period..........................................................................  $
Net income taxes paid, during the period..........................................................  $
Dividends accrued during the period, not yet paid............................................  $
Rental equipment acquisitions, not yet paid......................................................  $

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

96,806 

 $

79,406 

 $

153,920 

89,476 
— 
1,013 
5,892 
(21,309)
(84)
11 

(7,323)
(13,530)
20,298 
5,138 
11,606 
187,994 

(167,703)
(12,080)
(7,808)
44,447 
(143,144)

(5,144)
— 
(3,333)
(35,539)
(44,016)
— 
834 
1,508 
2,342 

12,475 
17,528 
9,489 
6,496 

 $

 $
 $
 $
 $

81,975 
39 
581 
4,111 
(19,559)
489 
20 

(15,725)
(9,351)
(1,612)
10,258 
12,035 
142,667 

(123,071)
(15,664)
(7,543)
41,786 
(104,492)

15,130 
(20,000)
(3,257)
(30,939)
(39,066)
(102)
(993)
2,501 
1,508 

12,598 
18,157 
8,388 
9,695 

 $

 $
 $
 $
 $

78,416 
1,639 
1,480 
3,198 
(17,733)
(334)
50 

(10,475)
3,124 
4,015 
1,720 
(96,631)
122,389 

(94,579)
(14,617)
— 
38,344 
(70,852)

(2,902)
(20,000)
(2,072)
(24,876)
(49,850)
(38)
1,649 
852 
2,501 

11,825 
29,504 
6,260 
6,405 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

-62-

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
MCGRATH RENTCORP
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization

McGrath  RentCorp  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  is  a  California  corporation  organized  in  1979.    The 
Company  is  a  diversified  business  to  business  rental  company  with  four  rental  divisions;  relocatable  modular  buildings,  portable 
storage  containers,  electronic  test  equipment  and  liquid  and  solid  containment  tanks  and  boxes.  Although  the  Company’s  primary 
emphasis  is  on  equipment  rentals,  sales  of  equipment  occur  in  the  normal  course  of  business.    The  Company  is  comprised  of  four 
reportable business segments: modular building and portable storage segment (“Mobile Modular”), electronic test equipment segment 
(“TRS-RenTelco”), containment solutions for the storage of hazardous and non-hazardous liquids and solids segment (“Adler Tanks”) 
and classroom manufacturing division selling modular classrooms in California (“Enviroplex”).

Principles of Consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  McGrath  RentCorp  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.    All 

intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition

Lease revenues - Rental revenues from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for all 
operating segments.  Rental billings for periods extending beyond period end are recorded as deferred income and are recognized in 
the period earned.  Rental related services revenues are primarily associated with relocatable modular building and liquid and solid 
containment  tanks  and  boxes  leases.    For  modular  building  leases,  rental  related  services  revenues  for  modifications,  delivery, 
installation, dismantle and return delivery are lease related because the payments are considered minimum lease payments that are an 
integral part of the negotiated lease agreement with the customer.  These revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term 
of the lease. Certain leases are accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable 
are recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis 
which results in a constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.  Other revenues include interest income on sales-type 
leases and rental income on facility leases.

Non-lease revenues - Sales revenue is recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment to customers.  Certain leases 
are accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable are recognized upon delivery 
and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis which results in a constant rate 
of return on the unrecovered lease investment.

Other revenue is recognized when earned and primarily includes interest income on sales-type leases, rental income on facility 

leases and certain logistics services.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Sales taxes charged to customers are reported on a net basis and are excluded from revenues and expenses.

Depreciation of Rental Equipment

Rental equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis for financial reporting purposes and on an accelerated basis for income 
tax purposes.  The costs of major refurbishment of relocatable modular buildings, portable storage containers and tanks and boxes are 
capitalized to the extent the refurbishment significantly adds value to, or extends the life of the equipment.  Maintenance and repairs 
are expensed as incurred.

The estimated useful lives and residual values of the Company’s rental equipment used for financial reporting purposes are as 

follows:

Relocatable modular buildings
Relocatable modular accessories
Blast resistant modules
Portable storage containers
Electronic test equipment and accessories
Liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes and accessories

18 years, 50% residual value
3 to 18 years, no residual value
20 years, no residual value

   25 years, 62.5% residual value
1 to 8 years, no residual value
3 to 20 years, no residual value

-63-

 
 
Costs of Rental Related Services

Costs  of  rental  related  services  are  primarily  associated  with  relocatable  modular  building  leases  and  liquid  and  solid 
containment tank and boxes. Modular building leases primarily consist of costs for services to be provided under the negotiated lease 
agreement  for  delivery,  installation,  modifications,  skirting,  additional  site-related  work,  and  dismantle  and  return  delivery.    Costs 
related to these services are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.  Costs of rental related services associated 
with liquid and solid containment solutions consists of costs of delivery, removal and cleaning of the tanks and boxes.  These costs are 
recognized in the period the service is performed.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates the carrying value of rental equipment and identifiable definite lived intangible assets for impairment 
whenever  events  or  circumstances  have  occurred  that  would  indicate  the  carrying  amount  may  not  be  fully  recoverable.    A  key 
element in determining the recoverability of long-lived assets is the Company’s outlook as to the future market conditions for its rental 
equipment.  If the carrying amount is not fully recoverable, an impairment loss is recognized to reduce the carrying amount to fair 
value.  The Company determines fair value based upon the condition of the rental equipment and the projected net cash flows from its 
rental  and  sale  considering  current  market  conditions.    Goodwill  and  identifiable  indefinite  lived  assets  are  evaluated  for  potential 
impairment  annually  or  when  circumstances  indicate  potential  impairment  may  have  occurred.    Impairment  losses,  if  any,  are 
determined based upon the excess of carrying value over the estimated fair value of the asset.  There were no impairments of long-
lived assets during the year ended December 31, 2019.  The Company recorded an impairment of modular rental equipment of $0.1 
million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  

Other Direct Costs of Rental Operations

Other direct costs of rental operations include direct labor, supplies, repairs, insurance, property taxes, license fees, impairment 
of  rental  equipment  and  certain  modular  lease  costs  charged  to  customers  in  the  negotiated  rental  rate,  which  are  recognized  on  a 
straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Income includes the carrying value of the equipment sold and all direct costs 

associated with the sale.

Warranty Reserves

Sales of new relocatable modular buildings, portable storage containers, electronic test equipment and related accessories and 
liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes not manufactured by the Company are typically covered by warranties provided by the 
manufacturer  of  the  products  sold.    The  Company  typically  provides  limited  90-day  warranties  for  certain  sales  of  used  rental 
equipment and one-year warranties on equipment manufactured by Enviroplex.  Although the Company’s policy is to provide reserves 
for warranties when required for specific circumstances, the Company has not found it necessary to establish such reserves to date as 
warranty costs have not been significant.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is recognized on a straight-line 
basis for financial reporting purposes, and on an accelerated basis for income tax purposes.  Depreciation expense for property, plant 
and equipment is included in “Selling and administrative expenses” and “Rental related services” in the Consolidated Statements of 
Income.  Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

-64-

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

 (dollar amounts in thousands)

Land.......................................................................................................  
Land improvements ...............................................................................  
Buildings................................................................................................    
Furniture, office and computer equipment ............................................  
Vehicles and machinery ........................................................................  

Less accumulated depreciation..............................................................    

Construction in progress........................................................................    

Estimated
useful life
in years
Indefinite
20 – 50
30
3 – 10
5 – 25

  $

  $

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

54,423 
52,325 
29,848 
36,610 
41,877 
215,083 
(84,308)    
130,775 
272 
131,047 

  $

50,689 
50,064 
29,359 
33,081 
38,199 
201,392 
(77,118)
124,274 
2,625 
126,899  

Property,  plant  and  equipment  depreciation  expense  was  $8.2  million,  $8.0  million  and  $7.6  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  Construction in progress at December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted primarily of 
costs related to acquisition of land and land improvements and information technology upgrades.

Capitalized Software Costs

The Company capitalizes certain development costs incurred in connection with its internal use software.  Costs incurred in the 
preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred.  Once an application has reached the development stage, direct internal 
and external costs are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use.  These costs generally 
include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in the project and internal costs, such as payroll and benefits of those 
employees  directly  associated  with  the  development  of  the  software.   Maintenance,  training  and  post  implementation  costs  are 
expensed  as  incurred.    The  Company  also  capitalizes  costs  related  to  specific  upgrades  and  enhancements  when  it  is  probable  the 
expenditures  will  result  in  additional  functionality.    Capitalized  software  costs  are  included  in  property,  plant  and  equipment.    The 
Company  capitalized  $3.0  million  and  $0.1  million  in  internal  use  software  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018, 
respectively. 

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  Total advertising expenses were $3.6 million, $3.2 million and $2.9 million for the 

years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

Income Taxes

Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  using  an  asset  and  liability  approach.    Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recorded  for  the 
effect of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial 
statements.  Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are adjusted to the extent necessary to reflect tax rates expected to be in 
effect  when  temporary  differences  reverse.   Adjustments  may  be  required  to  deferred  tax  assets  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  due  to 
changes in tax laws and audit adjustments by tax authorities.  A valuation allowance would be established if, based on the weight of 
available evidence, management believes that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a recorded deferred tax asset would 
not  be  realized  in  future  periods.    To  the  extent  adjustments  are  required  in  any  given  period,  the  adjustments  would  be  included 
within the “Provision for income taxes” in the Consolidated Statements of Income.            

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Purchase prices of acquired businesses are allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired based on the estimated fair values on 
the respective acquisition dates.  Based on these values, the excess purchase prices over the fair value of the net assets acquired are 
allocated to goodwill and other intangible assets.  Intangible assets related to customer relationships are amortized over eleven years.  
At  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  goodwill  and  trade  name  intangible  assets  which  have  indefinite  lives  totaled  $34.1  million  and 
$33.7 million, respectively.

The  Company  assesses  potential  impairment  of  its  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  when  there  is  evidence  that  events  or 
circumstances have occurred that would indicate the recovery of an asset’s carrying value is unlikely.  The Company also assesses 

-65-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

potential  impairment  of  its  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  on  an  annual  basis  regardless  of  whether  there  is 
evidence of impairment.  If indicators of impairment were to be present in intangible assets used in operations and future discounted 
cash flows were not expected to be sufficient to recover the assets’ carrying amount, an impairment loss would be charged to expense 
in the period identified. The amount of an impairment loss would be recognized as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair 
value.    Factors  the  Company  considers  important,  which  may  cause  impairment  include,  among  others,  significant  changes  in  the 
manner of use of the acquired asset, negative industry or economic trends, and significant underperformance relative to historical or 
projected operating results.

The impairment review of the Company’s goodwill is performed by first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is 
more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount  as  a  basis  for  determining  whether  it  is 
necessary to perform the two-step impairment test.  In the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying 
value  to  determine  if  the  goodwill  is  impaired.    If  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  exceeds  the  carrying  value  of  the  net  assets 
assigned to that unit, then goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required.  If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to 
the reporting unit were to exceed its fair value, then the second step is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the 
reporting unit’s goodwill and an impairment loss is recorded for an amount equal to the difference between the implied fair value and 
the carrying value of the goodwill.

The Company conducted its annual impairment analysis in the fourth quarter of its fiscal year.  The impairment analysis did not 
result  in  an  impairment  charge  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  2019,  2018  or  2017.    Determining  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is 
judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions.  The Company based its fair value estimates on assumptions 
that it believes are reasonable but are uncertain and subject to changes in market conditions.

Earnings Per Share

Basic  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”)  is  computed  as  net  income  divided  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  of  common 
stock  outstanding  for  the  period.    Diluted  EPS  is  computed  assuming  conversion  of  all  potentially  dilutive  securities  including  the 
dilutive effects of stock options, unvested restricted stock awards and other potentially dilutive securities.  The table below presents 
the weighted-average common stock used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share:

 (in thousands)

Weighted-average common stock for calculating basic
   earnings per share ...............................................................................    
Effect of potentially dilutive securities from equity-based
   compensation......................................................................................    
Weighted-average common stock for calculating diluted
   earnings per share ...............................................................................    

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

24,250 

24,141 

23,999 

373 

399 

270 

24,623 

24,540 

24,269  

In 2017, there were 7,000 options to purchase common stock that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per 

share, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.  There were no shares excluded in 2019 and 2018. 

The  Company  has  in  the  past  made  purchases  of  shares  of  its  common  stock  from  time  to  time  in  over-the-counter  market 
(NASDAQ)  transactions,  through  privately  negotiated,  large  block  transactions  and  through  a  share  repurchase  plan,  in  accordance 
with  Rule  10b5-1  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.    In  August  2015,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the 
Company  to  repurchase  2,000,000  shares  of  the  Company's  outstanding  common  stock.  The  amount  and  time  of  the  specific 
repurchases  are  subject  to  prevailing  market  conditions,  applicable  legal  requirements  and  other  factors,  including  management’s 
discretion.  All  shares  repurchased  by  the  Company  are  canceled  and  returned  to  the  status  of  authorized  but  unissued  shares  of 
common  stock.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  authorized  shares  will  be  repurchased  and  the  repurchase  program  may  be 
modified,  extended  or  terminated  by  the  Board  of  Directors  at  any  time.    There  were  no  repurchases  of  common  stock  during  the 
twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017.    As  of  December  31,  2019,  1,592,026  shares  remain  authorized  for 
repurchase.    

Accounts Receivable and Concentration of Credit Risk

The  Company’s  accounts  receivable  consist  of  amounts  due  from  customers  for  rentals,  sales,  financed  sales  and  unbilled 
amounts  for  the  portion  of  modular  building  end-of-lease  services  earned,  which  were  negotiated  as  part  of  the  lease  agreement.  
Unbilled receivables related to end-of-lease services, which consists of dismantle and return delivery of buildings, were $37.2 million 
at December 31, 2019 and $32.3 million at December 31, 2018.  The Company sells primarily on 30-day terms, individually performs 

-66-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
credit  evaluation  procedures  on  its  customers  on  each  transaction  and  will  require  security  deposits  from  its  customers  when  a 
significant credit risk is identified.  The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts in amounts equal to the estimated losses 
expected to be incurred in the collection of the accounts receivable.  The estimated losses are based on historical collection experience 
in  conjunction  with  an  evaluation  of  the  current  status  of  the  existing  accounts.    Customer  accounts  are  written  off  against  the 
allowance for doubtful accounts when an account is determined to be uncollectable.  The allowance for doubtful accounts activity was 
as follows:

 (in thousands)
Beginning balance, January 1 ..................................................................................   $
Provision for doubtful accounts ...............................................................................    
Write-offs, net of recoveries ....................................................................................    
Ending balance, December 31 .................................................................................   $

2019

2018

  $

1,883 
1,013 
(1,013)    
  $
1,883 

1,920 
581 
(618)
1,883  

Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  concentration  of  credit  risk  consist  primarily  of  trade  accounts 

receivable.  From time to time, the Company maintains cash balances in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company believes that the carrying amounts for cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and notes payable approximate 
their fair values except for fixed rate debt included in notes payable which has an estimated fair value of $101.4 million and $99.0 
million compared to the recorded value of $100.0 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  The estimates of fair value 
of  the  Company’s  fixed  rate  debt  are  based  on  the  borrowing  rates  currently  available  to  the  Company  for  bank  loans  with  similar 
terms and average maturities.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

The  Company's  Canadian  subsidiary,  TRS-RenTelco  Inc.,  a  British  Columbia  corporation  (“TRS-Canada”),  functions  as  a 
branch  sales  office  for  TRS-RenTelco  in  Canada.    The  functional  currency  for  TRS-Canada  is  the  U.S.  dollar.    Foreign  currency 
transaction gains and losses of TRS-Canada are reported in the results of operations in the period in which they occur.

The Company’s Indian subsidiary, TRS-RenTelco India Private Limited (“TRS-India”), functioned as a rental and sales office 
for TRS-RenTelco in India, which commenced its closure during 2017.  The functional currency for TRS-India is the Indian Rupee.  
All assets and liabilities of TRS-India are translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates and all income statement amounts 
are translated at the average exchange rate for each month within the year.

Currently, the Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge its economic exposure with respect to assets, liabilities and 

firm commitments as the foreign currency transactions and risks to date have not been significant.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Share-Based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes the compensation expense for all share-based awards made to employees and directors, 
including  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights  (“SARs”)  and  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”),  based  upon  estimated  fair  values.  
The fair value of stock options and SARs is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and for RSUs 
based upon the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock as of the date of grant.  The Company recognizes share-
based compensation cost ratably on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which generally equals the vesting period. 
For  performance-based  RSUs,  compensation  costs  are  recognized  when  vesting  conditions  are  met.    In  addition,  the  Company 
estimates  the  probable  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  that  will  be  earned  and  the  corresponding  compensation  cost  until  the 
achievement of the performance goal is known.  The Company records share-based compensation costs in “Selling and administrative 
expenses”  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.    The  Company  recognizes  a  benefit  from  share-based  compensation  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity if an incremental tax benefit is realized.  Further information regarding share-based 
compensation can be found in “Note 6 –Benefit Plans”.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining reported amounts of assets and liabilities, 
disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements,  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and 
expenses during each period presented.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  The most significant estimates included in 
the  financial  statements  are  the  future  cash  flows  and  fair  values  used  to  determine  the  recoverability  of  the  rental  equipment  and 

-67-

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
identifiable definite lived intangible assets carrying value, the various assets’ useful lives and residual values, and the allowance for 
doubtful accounts.

NOTE 2. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

  In  June  2016,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standard  Update  (“ASU”)  2016-13, 
Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), requiring companies to present assets held at amortized cost and available for sale 
debt securities net of the amount expected to be collected.  This new guidance requires the measurement of expected credit losses to 
be based on relevant information from past events, including historical experiences, current conditions and reasonable and supportable 
forecasts that affect collectability.  This guidance does not apply to receivables arising from operating leases and will be effective for 
fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019.  The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have 
a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, 
expected  to  reduce  cost  and  complexity  related  to  the  accounting  for  income  taxes.    The  ASU  removes  specific  exceptions  to  the 
general principles in Topic 740 in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP).  It eliminates the need for an organization to 
analyze  whether  the  following  apply  in  a  given  period:  exception  to  the  incremental  approach  for  intra-period  tax  allocation; 
exceptions  to  accounting  for  basis  differences  when  there  are  ownership  changes  in  foreign  investments;  and  exception  in  interim 
period  income  tax  accounting  for  year-to-date  losses  that  exceed  anticipated  losses.    The  ASU  also  improves  financial  statement 
preparers’  application  of  income  tax-related  guidance  and  simplifies  GAAP  for:  franchise  taxes  that  are  partially  based  on  income; 
transactions with a government that result in a step up in the tax basis of goodwill; separate financial statements of legal entities that 
are not subject to tax; and enacted changes in tax laws in interim periods.  The Company is evaluating the impact of this guidance on 
its consolidated financial statements.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

NOTE 3. IMPLEMENTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Lessee
The  Company  adopted  ASU  No.  2016-02,  Leases  (Subtopic  842-10)  effective  January  1,  2019.    Under  the  new  guidance, 
lessees are required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) on the commencement date: a) 
lease  liability,  which  is  a  lessee’s  obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  a  lease,  measured  on  a  discounted  basis;  and  b) 
right-of-use (“ROU”) asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the 
lease term.  The Company adopted the new guidance using the transition method that allowed it to initially apply this guidance on the 
adoption date.  The adoption did not result in a cumulative-effect adjustment to the Company’s opening retained earnings.  Because of 
the transition method the Company used to adopt the new guidance, historical financial information was not updated and the financial 
disclosures  required  under  the  new  standard  are  not  provided  for  periods  prior  to  January  1,  2019.    The  new  guidance  contains 
additional  optional  transition  practical  expedients  intended  to  simplify  adoption.    The  Company  elected  the  package  of  practical 
expedients  that  allows  for  not  reassessing:  (1)  whether  any  expired  or  existing  contracts  are  or  contain  leases,  (2)  the  lease 
classification for any expired or existing leases and (3) initial direct costs for any expired or existing leases.  

The Company leases real estate for certain of its branch offices and rental equipment storage yards, vehicles and equipment used 
in its rental operations.  The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception.  The Company has leases with lease and 
non-lease  components,  which  are  accounted  for  separately.    ROU  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  on  the  commencement  date 
based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term.  Variable lease payments are excluded from the ROU assets and 
lease liabilities and are recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred, which are not material.  The 
Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.  The Company 
uses  the  interest  rate  stated  in  the  lease  as  the  discount  rate.    If  the  interest  rate  is  not  stated,  the  Company  uses  its  incremental 
borrowing  rate  based  on  information  available  on  lease  commencement  date  in  determining  the  present  value  of  lease  payments.  
Many of the Company’s real estate lease agreements include options to extend the lease, which are not included in the minimum lease 
terms unless they are reasonably certain to be exercised.  These leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that 
may extend the lease term from one to three years.  The amount of payments associated with such options is not material.  Short-term 
leases are leases having a term of twelve months or less and exclude leases with a lease term of one month or less.  The Company 
recognizes short-term leases on a straight-line basis and does not record a related ROU asset or liability for such leases.  The adoption 
of the new guidance resulted in the recording of $10.0 million of ROU assets and operating lease liabilities, which were recorded in 
Prepaid expenses and other assets and Accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance 
Sheet.

 During the year ended December 31, 2019, operating lease expense was $3.8 million, which includes short term lease expense 
of  $0.2  million.    At  December  31,  2019,  the  weighted-average  remaining  lease  term  for  operating  leases  was  3.8  years  and  the 

-68-

 
weighted average discount rate was 4.38%.  The Company had no sub-lease income during the year ended December 31, 2019, and 
did not have any finance leases as of December 31, 2019.

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:  

 (in thousands)

Year Ended
December 31, 2019

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
   Operating cash flows from operating leases ...........................................................................  $

Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
   Operating leases ......................................................................................................................  $

As of December 31, 2019, maturities of operating lease liabilities were as follows:

 (in thousands)
Year ended December 31,
2020............................................................................................................................................  $
2021............................................................................................................................................ 
2022............................................................................................................................................ 
2023............................................................................................................................................ 
2024............................................................................................................................................ 
Thereafter................................................................................................................................... 
   Total lease payments............................................................................................................... 
Less imputed interest ................................................................................................................. 

  $

Lessor

3,568 

2,728  

3,350 
2,794 
1,958 
1,458 
915 
293 
10,768 
(823)
9,945  

As a lessor, the Company’s recognition of lease revenue remained consistent with previous guidance.  As a result, the adoption 
of the lease standard did not have an impact on the Company’s current and previously reported results in the Company’s Condensed 
Consolidated Statements of Income. 

The Company’s equipment rentals for each of its operating segments are governed by agreements that detail the lease terms and 
conditions.    The  determination  of  whether  these  contracts  with  customers  contain  a  lease  generally  does  not  require  significant 
judgement.  The Company accounts for these rentals as operating leases.  These leases do not include material amounts of variable 
payments and the Company has made the accounting policy election to exclude all taxes assessed by a governmental authority.  The 
Company generally does not provide an option for the lessee to purchase the rented equipment at the end of the lease term, thus, does 
not  generate  material  revenue  from  sales  of  equipment  under  such  options.    Initial  lease  terms  vary  in  length  based  upon  customer 
needs and generally range from one to sixty months.  Customers have the option to keep equipment on rent beyond the initial lease 
term on a month-to month basis based upon their needs.  All of the Company’s rental products have long useful lives relative to the 
typical  rental  term  with  the  original  investment  typically  recovered  in  approximately  three  to  five  years.    The  rental  products  are 
typically  rented  for  a  majority  of  the  time  owned  and  a  significant  portion  of  the  original  investment  is  recovered  when  sold  from 
inventory.  The Company’s lease agreements do not contain residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants.

As of December 31, 2019, maturities of operating lease payments to be received in 2020 and thereafter were as follows:

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

 (in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2020............................................................................................................................................  $
2021............................................................................................................................................ 
2022............................................................................................................................................ 
2023............................................................................................................................................ 
2024............................................................................................................................................ 
Thereafter................................................................................................................................... 

  $

92,821 
30,926 
8,922 
2,145 
877 
37 
135,728  

-69-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

In  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  Company’s  lease  revenues  were  $411.0  million,  consisting  of  $407.6  of  operating 
lease revenues and $3.4 million of finance lease revenues.  The Company has entered into finance leases to finance certain equipment 
sales to customers.  The lease agreements have a bargain purchase option at the end of the lease term.  For these leases, sales revenue 
and  the  related  accounts  receivable  are  recognized  upon  delivery  and  installation  of  the  equipment  and  the  unearned  interest  is 
recognized over the lease term on a basis, which results in a constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.  For the year 
ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s finance lease revenues included $3.1 million of sales revenues and $0.3 million of interest 
income.    The  minimum  lease  payments  receivable  and  the  net  investment  are  included  in  Accounts  receivable  on  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Balance Sheet for such leases, which were as follows: 

 (in thousands)
Gross minimum lease payments receivable...............................................................................   $
Less – unearned interest.............................................................................................................    
Net investment in finance lease receivables ..............................................................................   $

December 31, 2019

3,218 
(289)
2,929  

As of December 31, 2019, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable finance leases to be received in 2020 and 

thereafter were as follows:

 (in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2020............................................................................................................................................   $
2021............................................................................................................................................    
2022............................................................................................................................................    
2023............................................................................................................................................    
2024............................................................................................................................................    
Thereafter...................................................................................................................................    
Total minimum future lease payments to be received ...............................................................   $

2,345 
629 
184 
50 
10 
— 
3,218  

NOTE 4. REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company’s accounting for revenues is governed by two accounting standards.  The majority of the Company’s revenues are 
considered lease or lease related and are accounted for in accordance with Topic 840, Leases.   Revenues determined to be non-lease 
related  are  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  ASU  No.  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606),  which  was 
adopted by the Company on January 1, 2018.   The Company utilized the modified retrospective method of adoption and there was no 
impact on its condensed consolidated financial statements, nor was there a cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard.  
The Company accounts for revenues when approval and commitment from both parties have been obtained, the rights of the parties 
are  identified,  payment  terms  are  identified,  the  contract  has  commercial  substance  and  collectability  of  consideration  is  probable.  
The  Company  typically  recognizes  non-lease  related  revenues  at  a  point  in  time  because  the  customer  does  not  simultaneously 
consume the benefits of the Company’s promised goods and services, or performance obligations, and obtain control when delivery 
and  installation  are  complete.    For  contracts  that  have  multiple  performance  obligations,  the  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  each 
performance  obligation  in  the  contract  based  on  the  Company’s  best  estimate  of  the  standalone  selling  prices  of  each  distinct 
performance  obligation  in  the  contract.    The  standalone  selling  price  is  typically  determined  based  upon  the  expected  cost  plus  an 
estimated margin of each performance obligation.  

The Company generally rents and sells to customers on 30 day payment terms.  The Company does not typically offer variable 
payment  terms,  or  accept  non-monetary  consideration.    Amounts  billed  and  due  from  the  Company’s  customers  are  classified  as 
Accounts receivable on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  For certain sales of modular buildings, progress payments from 
the customer are received during the manufacturing of new equipment, or the preparation of used equipment.  The advance payments 
are not considered a significant financing component because the payments are used to meet working capital needs during the contract 
and  to  protect  the  Company  from  the  customer  failing  to  adequately  complete  their  obligations  under  the  contract.    These  contract 
liabilities are included in Deferred income on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and totaled $17.5 million and $15.7 million 
at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  Sales revenues totaling $10.2 million were recognized during the year ended December 
31,  2019,  which  were  included  in  the  contract  liability  balance  at  December  31,  2018.    For  certain  modular  building  sales,  the 
customer retains a small portion of the contract price until full completion of the contract, which results in revenue earned in excess of 
billings.  These unbilled contract assets are included in Accounts receivable on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and totaled 
$1.0 million and $1.4 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

-70-

 
 
   
  
   
  
Lease Revenues

Rental  revenues  from  operating  leases  are  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  lease  for  all  operating 
segments.  Rental billings for periods extending beyond period end are recorded as deferred income and are recognized in the period 
earned.  Rental related services revenues are primarily associated with relocatable modular building and liquid and solid containment 
tanks  and  boxes  leases.    For  modular  building  leases,  rental  related  services  revenues  for  modifications,  delivery,  installation, 
dismantle and return delivery are lease related because the payments are considered minimum lease payments that are an integral part 
of the negotiated lease agreement with the customer.  These revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 
Certain  leases  are  accounted  for  as  sales-type  leases.    For  these  leases,  sales  revenue  and  the  related  accounts  receivable  are 
recognized  upon  delivery  and  installation  of  the  equipment  and  the  unearned  interest  is  recognized  over  the  lease  term  on  a  basis 
which results in a constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.  Other revenues include interest income on sales-type 
leases and rental income on facility leases.

Non-Lease Revenues

Non-lease revenues are recognized in the period when control of the performance obligation is transferred, in an amount that 
reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services.  For liquid and solid 
containment  solutions,  portable  storage  containers  and  electronic  test  equipment,  rental  related  services  revenues  for  delivery  and 
return delivery are considered non-lease revenues.    

Sales  revenues  are  typically  recognized  at  a  point  in  time,  which  occurs  upon  the  completion  of  delivery,  installation  and 
acceptance of the equipment by the customer.  Accounting for non-lease revenues requires judgment in determining the point in time 
the customer gains control of the equipment and the appropriate accounting period to recognize revenue.

Sales taxes charged to customers are reported on a net basis and are excluded from revenues and expenses.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-71-

 
 
The  following  table  disaggregates  the  Company’s  revenues  by  lease  (within  the  scope  of  Topic  840)  and  non-lease  revenues 

(within the scope of Topic 606) and the underlying service provided for the three years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017: 

 (in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2019
Leasing .........................................................................  $ 234,032    $ 108,044    $
Non-lease:

RenTelco  

Mobile
Modular

TRS-

Rental related services ............................................   
Sales ........................................................................   
Other .......................................................................   
Total non-lease........................................................   

2,599     
18,995     
1,845     
23,439     
Total revenues ...................................................  $ 301,010    $ 131,483    $

18,964     
47,045     
969     
66,978     

Adler
Tanks

  Enviroplex  

  Consolidated  

68,917    $

—    $ 410,993 

27,634     
1,266     
106     
29,006     
97,923    $

49,197 
—     
107,120 
39,814     
2,920 
—     
39,814     
159,237 
39,814    $ 570,230 

2018
Leasing .........................................................................  $ 200,214    $
Non-lease:

94,345    $

70,653    $

—    $ 365,212 

Rental related services ............................................   
Sales ........................................................................   
Other .......................................................................   
Total non-lease........................................................   

2,607     
19,895     
1,810     
24,312     
Total revenues ...................................................  $ 254,574    $ 118,657    $

14,870     
39,467     
23     
54,360     

24,276     
1,044     
80     
25,400     
96,053    $

41,753 
—     
89,452 
29,046     
1,913 
—     
29,046     
133,118 
29,046    $ 498,330 

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

2017
Leasing .........................................................................  $ 180,612    $
Non-lease:

85,930    $

64,676    $

—    $ 331,218 

Rental related services ............................................   
Sales ........................................................................   
Other .......................................................................   
Total non-lease........................................................   

2,358     
18,137     
1,619     
22,114     
Total revenues ...................................................  $ 231,266    $ 108,044    $

13,331     
37,434     
(111)    
50,654     

24,322     
2,362     
(5)    
26,679     
91,355    $

40,011 
—     
89,302 
31,369     
1,503 
—     
31,369     
130,816 
31,369    $ 462,034  

Customer returns of rental equipment prior to the end of the rental contract term are typically billed a cancellation fee, which is 
recorded as rental revenue in the period billed.  Sales of new relocatable modular buildings, portable storage containers, electronic test 
equipment and related accessories and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes not manufactured by the Company are typically 
covered by warranties provided by the manufacturer of the products sold.  The Company typically provides limited 90-day warranties 
for  certain  sales  of  used  rental  equipment  and  one-year  warranties  on  equipment  manufactured  by  Enviroplex.    Although  the 
Company’s  policy  is  to  provide  reserves  for  warranties  when  required  for  specific  circumstances,  the  Company  has  not  found  it 
necessary to establish such reserves to date as warranty costs have not been significant.  

The  Company’s  incremental  cost  of  obtaining  lease  contracts,  which  consists  of  salesperson  commissions,  are  deferred  and 
amortized over the initial lease term for modular building leases.  Incremental costs for obtaining a contract for all other operating 
segments are expensed in the period incurred because the lease term is typically less than 12 months.

-72-

 
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
NOTE 5. NOTES PAYABLE

Notes payable consists of the following:

 (in thousands)

Unsecured revolving lines of credit .........................................................................   $
3.68% Series B senior notes due in 2021.................................................................    
3.84% Series C senior notes due in 2022.................................................................    

Unamortized debt issuance cost...............................................................................    
  $

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

193,459 
40,000 
60,000 
293,459 

(28)    
  $

293,431 

198,603 
40,000 
60,000 
298,603 
(39)
298,564  

As of December 31, 2019, the future minimum payments under the unsecured revolving lines of credit, 3.68% Series B senior notes 
due in 2021 and 3.84% Series C senior notes due in 2022 are as follows:

 (in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2020....................................................................................................................................................   $
2021....................................................................................................................................................    
2022....................................................................................................................................................    
  $

— 
233,459 
60,000 
293,459  

Unsecured Revolving Lines of Credit

In  March  2016,  the  Company  renewed  its  credit  agreement  with  a  syndicate  of  banks  (the  “Credit  Facility”).    The  five-year 
facility matures on March 31, 2021 and replaced the Company’s prior $420.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility.  The Credit 
Facility  provides  for  a  $420.0  million  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility  (which  may  be  increased  to  $620.0 million  with  $200.0 
million of additional commitments), which includes a $25.0 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit and a $10.0 
million sublimit for swing-line loans.

In March 2016, the Company entered into a Credit Facility Letter Agreement and a Credit Line Note in favor of MUFG Union 
Bank, N.A., extending its line of credit facility related to its cash management services (“Sweep Service Facility”) and increasing the 
facility size from $10.0 million to $12.0 million.  The Sweep Service Facility matures on the earlier of March 31, 2021, or the date the 
Company ceases to utilize MUFG Union Bank, N.A. for its cash management services. 

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

At December 31, 2019, under the Credit Facility and Sweep Service Facility, the Company had unsecured lines of credit that 
permit  it  to  borrow  up  to  $432.0  million  of  which  $193.5  million  was  outstanding,  and  had  capacity  to  borrow  up  to  an  additional 
$238.5  million.    The  Amended  Credit  Facility  contains  financial  covenants  requiring  the  Company  to  not  (all  defined  terms  used 
below not otherwise defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Amended Credit Facility):

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of EBITDA to fixed charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter to 
be less than 2.50 to 1.  At December 31, 2019, the actual ratio was 4.27 to 1.

Permit  the  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  of  funded  debt  to  EBITDA  at  any  time  during  any  period  of  four  consecutive 
fiscal quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1.  At December 31, 2019, the actual ratio was 1.24 to 1.

Permit Tangible Net Worth as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Company to be less than the sum of (i) $246.1 million 
plus  (ii)  25%  of  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Net  Income  (as  defined  in  the  Amended  Credit  Facility)  (but  only  if  a 
positive number) for each fiscal quarter ended subsequent to December 31, 2011 plus (iii) 90% of the net cash proceeds 
from the issuance of the Company’s capital stock after December 31, 2011.  At December 31, 2019, such sum was $388.1 
million and the actual Tangible Net Worth of the Company was $598.5 million.

Amounts borrowed under the Credit Facility bear interest at the Company’s option at either:  (i) LIBOR plus a defined margin, 
or (ii) the Agent bank’s prime rate (“base rate”) plus a margin.  The applicable margin for each type of loan is measured based upon 
the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the end of the prior fiscal quarter and ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% for LIBOR loans and 0% to 
0.75%  for  base  rate  loans.    In  addition,  the  Company  pays  an  unused  commitment  fee  for  the  portion  of  the  $420.0  million  credit 
facility  that  is  not  used.    These  fees  are  based  upon  the  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  and  range  from  0.15%  to  0.30%.    As  of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, the applicable margins were 1.25% for LIBOR based loans, 0.25% for base rate loans and 0.20% for 

-73-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
  
   
  
 
 
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
 
 
unused fees.  Amounts borrowed under the Sweep Service Facility are based upon the MUFG Union Bank, N.A. base rate plus an 
applicable  margin  and  an  unused  commitment  fee  for  the  portion  of  the  $12.0  million  facility  not  used.    The  applicable  base  rate 
margin  and  unused  commitment  fee  rates  for  the  Sweep  Service  Facility  are  the  same  as  for  the  Amended  Credit  Facility.    The 
following information relates to the lines of credit for each of the following periods:

3.68% Senior Notes Due in 2021

On March 17, 2014, the Company issued and sold to the Purchasers a $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.68% 
Series B Senior Notes (the “Series B Senior Notes”) pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, as amended.  The Series B 
Senior Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company, bear interest at a rate of 3.68% per annum and mature on March 17, 2021.  
Interest on the Series B Senior Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on September 17, 2014 and continuing thereafter on March 
17 and September 17 of each year until maturity.  The principal balance is due when the notes mature in 2021.  The full net proceeds 
from the Series B Senior Notes were used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.  At December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
the principal balance outstanding under the Series B Senior Notes was $40.0 million.

3.84% Senior Notes Due in 2022

On November 5, 2015, the Company issued and sold to the Purchasers a $60.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.84% 
Series C Senior Notes (the “Series C Senior Notes”) pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, as amended.  The Series C 
Senior Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company, bear interest at a rate of 3.84% per annum and mature on November 5, 
2022.  Interest  on  the  Series  C  Senior  Notes  is  payable  semi-annually  beginning  on  May  5,  2016  and  continuing  thereafter  on 
November  5  and  May  5  of  each  year  until  maturity.    The  principal  balance  is  due  when  the  notes  mature  in  2022.    The  full  net 
proceeds  from  the  Series  C  Senior  Notes  were  used  to  reduce  the  outstanding  balance  on  the  Company’s  revolving  credit  line.    At 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, the principal balance outstanding under the Series C Senior Notes was $60.0 million.

Among  other  restrictions,  the  Note  Purchase  Agreement,  under  which  the  Series  A  Senior  Notes,  Series  B  Senior  Notes  and 
Series  C  Senior  Notes  were  sold,  contains  financial  covenants  requiring  the  Company  to  not  (all  defined  terms  used  below  not 
otherwise defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement):

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of EBITDA to fixed charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter to 
be less than 2.50 to 1.  At December 31, 2019, the actual ratio was 4.27 to 1.

Permit  the  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  of  funded  debt  to  EBITDA  at  any  time  during  any  period  of  four  consecutive 
quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1.  At December 31, 2019, the actual ratio was 1.24 to 1.

Permit  Tangible  Net  Worth,  calculated  as  of  the  last  day  of  each  fiscal  quarter,  to  be  less  than  the  sum  of  (i)  $229.0 
million, plus (ii) 25% of net income for such fiscal quarter subsequent to December 31, 2010, plus (iii) 90% of the net 
cash proceeds from the issuance of the Company’s capital stock after December 31, 2010.  At December 31, 2019, such 
sum was $388.1 million and the actual Tangible Net Worth of the Company was $598.5 million.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

At December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with each of the aforementioned covenants.  There are no anticipated 
trends that the Company is aware of that would indicate non-compliance with these covenants, though, significant deterioration in the 
Company’s financial performance could impact its ability to comply with these covenants.

NOTE 6. INCOME TAXES

Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

 (in thousands)

U.S. ........................................................................................................   $
Foreign...................................................................................................    
  $

2019
129,045    $
80     
129,125    $

Year Ended December 31,
2018
104,881    $
(186)    
104,695    $

2017

83,525 
(73)
83,452  

-74-

 
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

 (in thousands)

Current:

U.S. Federal......................................................................................   $
State..................................................................................................    
Foreign .............................................................................................    

Deferred:

U.S. Federal......................................................................................    
State..................................................................................................    
Foreign .............................................................................................    

Total.......................................................................................................   $

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

11,744    $
7,353     
1,616     
20,713     

10,719     
895     
(8)    
11,606     
32,319    $

7,270    $
4,253     
1,731     
13,254     

10,355     
1,637     
43     
12,035     
25,289    $

21,171 
2,976 
2,016 
26,163 

(103,518)
6,948 
(61)
(96,631)
(70,468)

The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

U.S. federal statutory rate .....................................................................   
State taxes, net of federal benefit ..........................................................   
State deferred tax rate change, net of federal benefit............................   
Valuation allowance..............................................................................   
Share-based compensation ....................................................................   
Enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ..............................................   
Other......................................................................................................   

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

21.0%   
5.0 
0.1 
0.0 
(1.6)
(0.1)
0.6 
25.0%   

21.0%   
5.0 
0.7 
(0.5)
(1.9)
(0.1)
0.0 
24.2%   

35.0%
4.1 
0.5 
0.1 
(1)
(123)
(0.2)
(84.4)%

The following table shows the deferred income taxes related to the temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and 

liabilities and the respective amounts included in “Deferred income taxes, net” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 (in thousands)

Deferred tax liabilities:

December 31,

2019

2018

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Accelerated depreciation ....................................................................................   $
Prepaid costs currently deductible......................................................................    
Other ...................................................................................................................    
Total deferred tax liabilities ..........................................................................    

  $

221,627 
5,668 
5,011 
232,306 

Deferred tax assets:

Accrued costs not yet deductible........................................................................    
Allowance for doubtful accounts .......................................................................    
Deferred revenues...............................................................................................    
Share-based compensation .................................................................................    

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance of $0.2 million in
   2019 and 2018............................................................................................  

Deferred income taxes, net ......................................................................................   $

8,860 
486 
2,512 
2,178 

208,539 
4,845 
4,703 
218,087 

7,796 
486 
1,774 
1,367 

14,036
218,270 

  $

11,423
206,664  

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was enacted in December 2017.  Among other provisions, the Tax Act reduced the 
U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% in 2018, required companies to pay a one-time transition tax on earnings of certain 
foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred and created new taxes on certain foreign-source earnings.  As of December 31, 
2019, the Company completed its accounting for the tax effects of enactment of the Tax Act without any material adjustments to its 
previous estimates.

As of December 31, 2019 the Company did not have a deferred tax liability related to its foreign earnings because it did not 
have any specific plans to repatriate funds from its international subsidiaries.  The Company may do so in the future if a dividend can 
be remitted with no material tax impact.

-75-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
   
      
      
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

In  December  2016,  the  Company  decided  to  exit  the  Bangalore,  India  branch  operations  of  its  TRS-RenTelco  electronics 
division.  The wind down of operations in India began in 2017.  As a result, a valuation allowance was recorded against the deferred 
tax assets that resulted primarily from accumulated net operating loss carry forwards in India that management estimated the benefit of 
which will not be realized.  As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s foreign net operating losses for tax purposes were $0.6 million.  
If not realized, these carry forwards will begin to expire in 2023.

For  income  tax  purposes,  deductible  compensation  related  to  share-based  awards  is  based  on  the  value  of  the  award  when 
realized, which may be different than the compensation expense recognized by the company for financial statement purposes which is 
based on the award value on the date of grant.  The difference between the value of the award upon grant, and the value of the award 
when ultimately realized, creates either additional tax expense or benefit.  In 2019, 2018 and 2017 exercise of share-based awards by 
employees resulted in an excess tax benefit of $2.1 million, $2.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively.  

The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority 
would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit.  For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the 
amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon 
ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.  The Company evaluated all of its tax positions for which the statute of limitations 
remained open and determined there were no material unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.  In addition, there 
have been no material changes in unrecognized benefits during 2019, 2018 and 2017.

The  Company  is  subject  to  income  taxes  in  the  U.S.  federal  jurisdiction,  and  various  states  and  foreign  jurisdictions.    Tax 
regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require the application of 
significant judgment.  With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax 
examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2015.

Our  income  tax  returns  are  subject  to  examination  by  federal,  state  and  foreign  tax  authorities.    There  may  be  differing 
interpretations  of  tax  laws  and  regulations,  and  as  a  result,  disputes  may  arise  with  these  tax  authorities  involving  the  timing  and 
amount of deductions and allocation of income.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision (benefit) for income taxes 
in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income for all periods presented.  Such interest and penalties were not significant for 
the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

NOTE 7. BENEFIT PLANS

Stock Plans

The Company adopted the 2016 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”), effective June 8, 2016, under which 2,000,000 shares of 
the common stock of the Company, plus the number of shares that remain available for grants of awards under the Company's 2007 
Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Plan”) and become available as a result of forfeiture, termination, or expiration of awards previously 
granted  under  the  2007  Plan,  were  reserved  for  the  grant  of  equity  awards  to  its  employees,  directors  and  consultants.    The  equity 
awards have a maximum term of 7 years at an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company's common 
stock on the date the equity award is granted.  The 2016 Plan replaced the 2007 Plan.

The  2016  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  awards  in  the  form  of  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock  units 
(“RSUs”), the vesting of which may be performance-based or service-based, and other rights and benefits.  Each RSU issued reduces 
the  number  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  available  for  grant  under  the  2016  Plan  by  two  shares.    There  were  no 
modifications to the 2016 Plan and no awards classified as liabilities in the year ended December 31, 2019.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the share-based compensation expense was $5.9 million, $4.1 million 
and $3.2 million, respectively, before provision for income taxes. The Company recorded a tax benefit of approximately $1.6 million, 
$1.1  million  and  $1.3  million,  respectively,  related  to  the  aforementioned  share-based  compensation  expenses.    There  was  no 
capitalized share-based compensation expense in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.  

Stock Options

As  of  December  31,  2019,  a  cumulative  total  of  8,458,600  shares  subject  to  options  have  been  granted  with  exercise  prices 
ranging from $3.47 to $40.37.  Of these, options have been exercised for the purchase of 6,214,548 shares, while options for 1,663,912 
shares have been terminated, and options for 580,140 shares with exercise prices ranging from $24.60 to $40.37 remained outstanding 
under the stock plans.  These options vest over five years and expire seven years after grant.  To date, no options have been issued to 

-76-

any of the Company’s non-employee advisors.  As of December 31, 2019, 1,708,914 shares remained available for issuance of awards 
under the stock plans.

A  summary  of  the  Company’s  option  activity  and  related  information  for  the  three  years  ended  December  31,  2019  is  as 

follows:

Number of
options

Weighted-
average
price

Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
term
(in years)

Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in millions)

Options granted ..................................................................   
Options exercised...............................................................   
Options cancelled/forfeited/expired...................................   

Balance at December 31, 2016................................................    1,584,435   $
299,600    
(398,275)   
(276,900)   
Balance at December 31, 2017................................................    1,208,860    
—    
(332,810)   
(30,450)   
845,600    
—    
(260,860)   
(4,600)   
580,140   $
289,350   $
289,003   $

Options granted ..................................................................   
Options exercised...............................................................   
Options cancelled/forfeited/expired...................................   
Balance at December 31, 2018................................................   
Options granted ..................................................................   
Options exercised...............................................................   
Options cancelled/forfeited/expired...................................   
Balance at December 31, 2019................................................   
Exercisable at December 31, 2019 ..........................................   
Expected to vest after December 31, 2019 ..............................   

28.14    
34.66    
28.94    
28.04    
28.14    
—    
29.49    
28.27    
28.14    
—    
29.55    
30.59    
29.57    
29.35    
29.80    

3.31   $
3.00   $
3.61   $

27.2 
13.6 
13.5  

The  intrinsic  value  of  stock  options  at  any  point  in  time  is  calculated  as  the  difference  between  the  exercise  price  of  the 
underlying awards and the quoted price of the Company’s common stock.  The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised and sold 
under the Company’s stock option plans was $9.1 million, $9.0 million and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 
and 2017, respectively, determined as of the date of option exercise.  As of December 31, 2019, there was approximately $1.4 million 
of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested  share-based  compensation  option  arrangements  granted  under  the 
Company’s stock plans, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.1 years.

The  following  table  indicates  the  options  outstanding  and  options  exercisable  by  exercise  price  with  the  weighted-average 

remaining contractual life for the options outstanding and the weighted-average exercise price at December 31, 2019:

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Exercise price
$20 – 25 .....................................................................   
$25 – 30 .....................................................................   
$30 – 35 .....................................................................   
$35 – 40 .....................................................................   
$40 – 45 .....................................................................   
$20 – 45 .....................................................................   

Options Exercisable

Options Outstanding
Weighted-
average
remaining 
contractual 
life
(Years)

Number 
outstanding at 
December 31, 
2019
256,640    
6,150    
306,810    
6,800    
3,740    
580,140    

Weighted-
average grant 
date value  

Number 
exercisable at 
December 31, 
2019

3.17   $
3.13   $
3.40   $
4.00   $
4.67   $
3.31   $

24.60     128,440   $
25.13    
1,120   $
33.48     155,710   $
39.19    
4,080   $
—   $
40.37    
29.57     289,350   $

Weighted-
average grant 
date value  
24.60 
25.14 
33.04 
39.19 
— 
29.35  

The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of share-based compensation at the date 
of  grant,  which  requires  the  use  of  accounting  judgment  and  financial  estimates,  including  estimates  of  the  expected  term  option 
holders will retain their vested stock options before exercising them, the estimated volatility of the Company’s stock price over the 
expected  term  and  the  expected  number  of  options  that  will  be  forfeited  prior  to  the  completion  of  their  vesting  requirements.  
Application of alternative assumptions could produce significantly different estimates of the fair value of share-based compensation 
amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

-77-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the 

following weighted-average assumptions:

Expected term (in years)........................................................................    
Expected volatility.................................................................................    
Expected dividend yields.......................................................................    
Risk-free interest rates...........................................................................    

—     
—     
—     
—     

—     
—     
—     
—     

5.0 
26.1%
3.0%
2.0%

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

The Company monitors option exercise behavior to determine the appropriate homogenous groups for estimation purposes.  The 
Company’s option activity is separated into two categories:  directors and employees.  The expected term of the options represents the 
estimated  period  of  time  until  exercise  and  is  based  on  historical  experience,  giving  consideration  to  the  option  terms,  vesting 
schedules and expectations of future behavior.  Expected stock volatility was based on historical stock price volatility of the Company 
and the risk-free interest rates were based on U.S. Treasury yields in effect on the date of the option grant for the estimated period the 
options will be outstanding.  The expected dividend yield was based upon the current dividend annualized as a percentage of the grant 
exercise price. 

No options were granted in 2019 and 2018.  The weighted average grant date fair value per share was $6.28 during the year 

ended December 31, 2017. 

Restricted Stock Units

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  of  the  Company’s  RSUs,  which  includes  service-based  and  performance-based 

awards, for the three years ended December 31, 2019:

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

  Weighted-

average
grant date
fair value

Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in millions)

Number
of shares

Balance at December 31, 2016..............................................................    
RSUs granted ...................................................................................    
RSUs vested .....................................................................................    
RSUs cancelled/forfeited/expired ....................................................    
Balance at December 31, 2017 ..............................................................    
RSUs granted ...................................................................................    
RSUs vested .....................................................................................    
RSUs cancelled/forfeited/expired ....................................................    
Balance at December 31, 2018 ..............................................................    
RSUs granted ...................................................................................    
RSUs vested .....................................................................................    
RSUs cancelled/forfeited/expired ....................................................    
Balance at December 31, 2019 ..............................................................    

125,240 
70,960 
(36,336)    
(66,200)    
93,664 
97,260 
(30,214)    
(21,200)    
139,510 
83,440 
(25,862)    
(840)    
  $

196,248 

30.66 
34.53 
26.99 
32.63 
33.62 
49.47 
33.16 
33.88 
44.73 
59.98 
48.31 
59.84 
50.68 

  $

15.0  

Performance-based RSUs issued prior to 2018 vest over five years, with 60% of the shares immediately vesting after three years 
when  the  performance  criteria  has  been  determined  to  have  been  met  and  20%  of  the  remaining  shares  vesting  annually  at  the 
anniversary  of  the  performance  determination  date,  subject  to  continuous  employment  of  the  participant.    The  2018  and  2019 
performance-based RSU grants vest after three years with 100% of the shares vesting immediately when performance criteria has been 
determined  to  have  been  met.    There  were  200,839  performance-based  RSUs  expected  to  vest  as  of  December  31,  2019.    Service-
based  RSUs  issued  to  the  Company’s  directors  generally  vest  over  twelve  to  fourteen  months.  Service–based  RSUs  issued  to  the 
Company’s management vest over three years.  There were 81,984 service-based RSUs expected to vest as of December 31, 2019.  No 
forfeitures are currently expected.  The total fair value of RSUs that vested during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
based on the weighted average grant date values was $1.2 million, $1.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

Share-based  compensation  expense  for  RSUs  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017  was  $4.7  million,  $2.6 
million and $1.4, respectively.  As of December 31, 2019, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested RSUs was 
$6.9 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1 years.

-78-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plans

The McGrath RentCorp Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plan (the “KSOP”) provides that each participant may annually 
contribute an elected percentage of his or her salary, not to exceed the statutory limit.  Each employee who has at least three months of 
service with the Company and is 21 years or older, is eligible to participate in the KSOP.  The Company, at its discretion, may make 
matching contributions.  Contributions are expensed in the year approved by the Board of Directors.  Dividends on the Company’s 
stock held by the KSOP are treated as ordinary dividends and, in accordance with existing tax laws, are deducted by the Company in 
the year paid.  For the year ended December 31, 2019 dividends deducted by the Company were $0.4 million, which resulted in a tax 
benefit of approximately $0.1 million in 2019.

At December 31, 2019, the KSOP held 241,956 shares, or 1% of the Company’s total common shares outstanding.  These shares 

are included in basic and diluted earnings per share calculations.

NOTE 8. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The  Company  has  in  the  past  made  purchases  of  shares  of  its  common  stock  from  time  to  time  in  over-the-counter  market 
(NASDAQ)  transactions,  through  privately  negotiated,  large  block  transactions  and  through  a  share  repurchase  plan,  in  accordance 
with  Rule  10b5-1  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.    In  August  2015,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the 
Company  to  repurchase  2,000,000  shares  of  the  Company's  outstanding  common  stock.  The  amount  and  time  of  the  specific 
repurchases  are  subject  to  prevailing  market  conditions,  applicable  legal  requirements  and  other  factors,  including  management’s 
discretion.    All  shares  repurchased  by  the  Company  are  canceled  and  returned  to  the  status  of  authorized  but  unissued  shares  of 
common  stock.    There  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  authorized  shares  will  be  repurchased  and  the  repurchase  program  may  be 
modified,  extended  or  terminated  by  the  board  of  directors  at  any  time.    There  were  no  repurchases  of  common  stock  during  the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.  As of December 31, 2019, 1,592,026 shares remain authorized for repurchase 
under this authorization.

NOTE 9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases certain facilities under various operating leases.  Most of the lease agreements provide the Company with 
the option of renewing its lease at the end of the lease term, at the fair rental value.  In most cases, management expects that in the 
normal  course  of  business,  facility  leases  will  be  renewed  or  replaced  by  other  leases.    Minimum  payments  under  these  leases, 
exclusive of property taxes and insurance, are as follows:

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

 (in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2020....................................................................................................................................................   $
2021....................................................................................................................................................    
2022....................................................................................................................................................    
2023....................................................................................................................................................    
2024....................................................................................................................................................    
Thereafter...........................................................................................................................................    
  $

2,732 
2,370 
1,805 
1,290 
1,005 
293 
9,495  

Facility rent expense was $3.9 million in 2019 and $3.5 million in 2018 and 2017.

The Company is involved in various lawsuits and routine claims arising out of the normal course of its business. The Company 
maintains insurance coverage for its operations and employees with appropriate aggregate, per occurrence and deductible limits as the 
Company reasonably determines necessary or prudent with current operations and historical experience.  The major policies include 
coverage  for  property,  general  liability,  auto,  directors  and  officers,  health,  and  workers’  compensation  insurances.    The  Company 
records  a  provision  for  a  liability  when  it  believes  that  it  is  both  probable  that  a  liability  has  been  incurred  and  the  amount  can  be 
reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. The Company reviews 
these provisions at least quarterly and adjusts these provisions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal 
counsel, and updated information.  Litigation is inherently unpredictable and is subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are 
beyond the Company’s control.  In the opinion of management, there was not at least a reasonable possibility that the ultimate amount 
of  liability  not  covered  by  insurance,  if  any,  under  any  pending  litigation  and  claims,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  will  have  a 
material adverse effect on the financial position or operating results of the Company.

-79-

 
   
  
   
  
 
 
 
The  Company’s  health  plans  is  self-funded  high  deductible  plans  with  annual  stop-loss  insurance  of  $200,000  per  claim.  
Beginning in 2019, the Company’s workers compensation insurance is underwritten by an insurance company with no stop-loss value 
and $350,000 for prior claim years.  Insurance providers are responsible for making claim payments that exceed these amounts on an 
individual claim basis.  In addition, the Company has stop loss insurance that pays for claim payments made during a twelve month 
coverage period that exceeds certain specified thresholds in the aggregate.  The Company records an expense when health and workers 
compensation claim payments are made and accrues for the portion of claims incurred, but not yet paid at period end.  The Company 
makes these accruals based upon a combination of historical claim payments, loss development experience and actuarial estimates.  A 
high degree of judgment is required in developing the underlying assumptions and the resulting amounts to be accrued.  In addition, 
our  assumptions  will  change  as  the  Company’s  loss  experience  develops.    All  of  these  factors  have  the  potential  for  impacting  the 
amounts previously accrued and the Company may be required to increase or decrease the amounts previously accrued.  At December 
31, 2019 and 2018, accruals for the Company’s health and workers’ compensation high deductible plans were $2.8 million and $3.0 
million, respectively.

NOTE 10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist of the following:

 (dollar amounts in thousands)
Trade name............................................................................................ 
Customer relationships..........................................................................   
Non-compete agreements......................................................................   

Less accumulated amortization .............................................................   

Estimated
useful life
in years
Indefinite
11
5

December 31,
2019

December 31,
2018

    $

     $

5,871    $
10,644     
157     
16,672     
(9,338)    
7,334    $

5,871 
9,849 
— 
15,720 
(8,466)
7,254 

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their respective useful lives.  Amortization expense in each of the 
years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $0.9 million.  Based on the carrying values at December 31, 2019 and assuming 
no subsequent impairment of the underlying assets, the annual amortization is expected to be $0.2 million in 2020 and $0.2 million in 
2021 through 2026.

NOTE 11.  ACQUISITION

On  August  15,  2019,  the  Company  completed  the  purchase  of  the  container  rental  business  of  ATP  Containers  LLC,  dba 
TuffBox  Container  (“TuffBox”)  for  $7.8  million.    The  Company  accounted  for  this  transaction  as  a  business  combination  and  the 
initial  assessment  of  the  fair  value  of  the  purchased  assets  was  allocated  primarily  to  rental  equipment  totaling  $5.5  million  and 
intangible  assets  totaling  $1.3  million,  which  included  $0.4  million  allocated  to  goodwill.    The  goodwill  represents  the  future 
economic benefits to be derived from the geographic market expansion of the Company’s portable storage division.  The goodwill was 
recorded in the Mobile Modular segment and is fully deductible for income tax purposes.  

The  TuffBox  operating  results  are  included  in  the  Mobile  Modular  segment  results  since  the  date  of  acquisition.  
Supplemental  pro  forma  prior  year  information  has  not  been  provided  as  the  historical  financial  results  of  TuffBox  were  not 
significant.  Incremental transaction costs associated with the acquisition were not significant.

NOTE 12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

There were no related party transactions in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, or amounts owed to related parties at 

such dates.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

-80-

 
 
   
   
 
     
     
 
   
      
      
 
   
 
     
       
       
 
NOTE 13. SEGMENT REPORTING

FASB guidelines establish annual and interim reporting standards for an enterprise’s operating segments and related disclosures 
about  its  products,  services,  geographic  areas  and  major  customers.    In  accordance  with  these  guidelines  the  Company’s  four 
reportable segments are Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco, Adler Tanks and Enviroplex. Management focuses on several key measures 
to evaluate and assess each segment’s performance including rental revenue growth, gross margin, and income before provision for 
income taxes.    Excluding interest expense, allocations of revenue and expense not directly associated with one of these segments are 
generally  allocated  to  Mobile  Modular,  TRS-RenTelco  and  Adler  Tanks,  based  on  their  pro-rata  share  of  direct  revenues.    Interest 
expense  is  allocated  amongst  Mobile  Modular,  TRS-RenTelco  and  Adler  Tanks  based  on  their  pro-rata  share  of  average  rental 
equipment at cost, goodwill, intangible assets, accounts receivable, deferred income and customer security deposits.  The Company 
does not report total assets by business segment.  Summarized financial information for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 
2017, for the Company’s reportable segments is shown in the following tables:

Mobile
Modular  

 (dollar amounts in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2019
Rental revenues ............................................................  $ 182,316 
69,395 
Rental related services revenues ..................................   
Sales and other revenues ..............................................   
49,299 
Total revenues ..............................................................    301,010 
Depreciation of rental equipment .................................   
22,071 
Gross profit...................................................................    143,618 
65,699 
Selling and administrative expenses ............................   
77,919 
Income from operations ...............................................   
7,946 
Interest expense (income) allocation............................   
69,973 
Income before provision for income taxes ...................   
75,433 
Rental equipment acquisitions .....................................   
Accounts receivable, net (period end)..........................   
83,182 
Rental equipment, at cost (period end).........................    868,807 
Rental equipment, net book value (period end) ...........    610,048 
Utilization (period end) 2..............................................   
Average utilization 2.....................................................   

TRS-
RenTelco  

Adler
Tanks

 Enviroplex 1    Consolidated  

 $

 $ 103,704 
3,260 
24,519 
   131,483 
41,948 
60,748 
24,645 
36,103 
1,970 
34,217 
89,759 
23,788 
   335,343 
   172,413 

 $ 67,869 
28,383 
1,671 
97,923 
16,372 
47,014 
29,321 
17,693 
3,436 
14,257 
4,826 
17,281 
   316,261 
   185,039 

—   $ 353,889 
101,038 
—    
115,303 
39,814    
570,230 
39,814    
80,391 
—    
266,165 
14,785    
124,793 
5,128    
141,372 
9,657    
12,331 
(1,021)   
129,125 
10,678    
170,018 
—    
128,099 
3,848    
—     1,520,411 
967,500 
—    

79.1%   
79.2%   

64.5%   
66.2%   

48.4%   
54.7%   

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-81-

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
     
  
     
  
 
 
Mobile
Modular  

Segment Data (Continued)
(dollar amounts in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2018
Rental revenues ............................................................  $ 159,136 
54,696 
Rental related services revenues ..................................   
Sales and other revenues ..............................................   
40,742 
Total revenues ..............................................................    254,574 
21,200 
Depreciation of rental equipment .................................   
Gross profit...................................................................    120,750 
58,017 
Selling and administrative expenses ............................   
62,733 
Income from operations ...............................................   
(7,132)
Interest expense (income) allocation............................   
55,601 
Income before benefit for income taxes .......................   
63,374 
Rental equipment acquisitions .....................................   
Accounts receivable, net (period end)..........................   
72,295 
Rental equipment, at cost (period end).........................    817,375 
Rental equipment, net book value (period end) ...........    572,032 
Utilization (period end) 2 .............................................   
Average utilization 2 ....................................................   

2017
Rental revenues ............................................................  $ 142,584 
50,448 
Rental related services revenues ..................................   
Sales and other revenues ..............................................   
38,234 
Total revenues ..............................................................    231,266 
21,247 
Depreciation of rental equipment .................................   
Gross profit...................................................................    103,935 
55,583 
Selling and administrative expenses ............................   
48,352 
Income from operations ...............................................   
(6,671)
Interest expense (income) allocation............................   
41,681 
Income before provision for income taxes ...................   
34,526 
Rental equipment acquisitions .....................................   
Accounts receivable, net (period end)..........................   
59,274 
Rental equipment, at cost (period end).........................    775,400 
Rental equipment, net book value (period end) ...........    543,857 
Utilization (period end) 2 .............................................   
Average utilization 2 ....................................................   

TRS-
RenTelco  

Adler
Tanks

 Enviroplex 1    Consolidated  

 $

 $ 89,937 
3,300 
25,420 
   118,657 
36,011 
54,773 
22,823 
31,950 
(2,696)
28,765 
65,467 
20,732 
   285,052 
   131,450 

 $ 69,701 
24,911 
1,441 
96,053 
15,928 
48,055 
30,026 
18,029 
(3,252)
14,777 
5,257 
19,992 
   313,573 
   197,533 

—   $ 318,774 
82,907 
—    
96,649 
29,046    
498,330 
29,046    
73,139 
—    
233,251 
9,673    
115,770 
4,904    
117,481 
4,769    
(12,297)
783    
104,695 
5,552    
134,098 
—    
121,016 
7,997    
—     1,416,000 
901,015 
—    

79.3%   
78.2%   

62.1%   
62.7%   

56.4%   
59.9%   

 $

 $ 82,812 
2,858 
22,374 
   108,044 
32,891 
50,289 
22,171 
28,118 
(2,320)
26,132 
58,781 
19,581 
   262,325 
   109,482 

 $ 64,021 
24,762 
2,572 
91,355 
15,770 
43,218 
29,542 
13,676 
(3,071)
10,605 
4,800 
18,663 
   309,808 
   208,981 

—   $ 289,417 
78,068 
—    
94,549 
31,369    
462,034 
31,369    
69,908 
—    
206,345 
8,903    
111,605 
4,309    
94,740 
4,594    
(11,622)
440    
83,452 
5,034    
98,107 
—    
105,872 
8,354    
—     1,347,533 
862,320 
—    

77.8%   
76.8%   

61.7%   
62.9%   

57.5%   
56.0%   

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

1

2

Gross  Enviroplex  sales  revenues  were  $39,814,  $30,407  and  $31,369  in  2019,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.    There  were  $1,361  inter-segment  sales  to 
Mobile Modular in 2018, which have been eliminated in consolidation.  There were no inter-segment sales in 2019 and 2017. 
Utilization  is  calculated  each  month  by  dividing  the  cost  of  rental  equipment  on  rent  by  the  total  cost  of  rental  equipment  excluding  new  equipment 
inventory and accessory equipment.  The average utilization for the period is calculated using the average costs of rental equipment.

No  single  customer  accounted  for  more  than  10%  of  total  revenues  during  2019,  2018  and  2017.    Revenue  from  foreign 

country customers accounted for 5%, 4% and 4% of the Company’s revenues for the same periods, respectively.

-82-

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
     
  
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
     
  
     
  
NOTE 14. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited)

Quarterly financial information for each of the two years ended December 31, 2019 is summarized below:

 (in thousands, except per share amounts)

Operations Data

Rental revenues.......................................................  $
Total revenues.........................................................   
Gross profit .............................................................   
Income from operations ..........................................   
Income before provision for income taxes .............   
Net income..............................................................   
Earnings per share:

Basic ..................................................................  $
Diluted ...............................................................  $
Dividends declared per share..................................  $
Shares used in per share calculations:

First

Second

2019
Third

Fourth

Year

82,696   $
122,008    
57,005    
27,310    
24,251    
18,449    

88,105   $
127,439    
59,881    
29,066    
25,965    
19,488    

90,857   $
173,562    
78,282    
46,748    
43,455    
32,468    

92,231   $ 353,889 
570,230 
266,165 
141,372 
129,125 
96,806 

147,221    
70,997    
38,248    
35,454    
26,401    

0.76   $
0.75   $
0.375   $

0.80   $
0.79   $
0.375   $

1.34   $
1.32   $
0.375   $

1.09   $
1.07   $
0.375   $

3.99 
3.93 
1.50 

Basic ..................................................................   
Diluted ...............................................................   

24,195    
24,540    

24,246    
24,579    

24,268    
24,632    

24,290    
24,697    

24,250 
24,623 

Balance Sheet Data

Rental equipment, net .............................................  $ 912,878   $ 943,152   $ 958,610   $ 967,500   $ 967,500 
Total assets..............................................................    1,239,633     1,280,249     1,306,223     1,309,875     1,309,875 
293,431 
Notes payable..........................................................   
634,036 
Shareholders’ equity ...............................................   

293,431    
634,036    

289,464    
580,643    

301,469    
616,715    

301,878    
592,309    

Operations Data

Rental revenues.......................................................  $
Total revenues.........................................................   
Gross profit .............................................................   
Income from operations ..........................................   
Income before provision for income taxes .............   
Net income..............................................................   
Earnings per share:

Basic ..................................................................  $
Diluted ...............................................................  $
Dividends declared per share..................................  $
Shares used in per share calculations:

First

Second

2018
Third

Fourth

Year

74,261   $
105,085    
50,170    
22,042    
19,018    
14,466    

77,267   $
116,983    
53,928    
24,449    
21,106    
15,912    

82,155   $
143,147    
64,050    
35,824    
32,553    
24,779    

85,091   $ 318,774 
498,330 
233,251 
117,481 
104,695 
79,406 

133,115    
65,103    
35,166    
32,018    
24,249    

0.60   $
0.59   $
0.34   $

0.66   $
0.65   $
0.34   $

1.03   $
1.01   $
0.34   $

1.00   $
0.99   $
0.34   $

3.29 
3.24 
1.36 

Basic ..................................................................   
Diluted ...............................................................   

24,067    
24,478    

24,145    
24,584    

24,172    
24,563    

24,179    
24,514    

24,141 
24,540 

Balance Sheet Data

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Rental equipment, net .............................................  $ 865,338   $ 876,522   $ 888,607   $ 901,015   $ 901,015 
Total assets..............................................................    1,148,858     1,180,209     1,201,799     1,217,316     1,217,316 
298,564 
Notes payable..........................................................   
571,535  
Shareholders’ equity ...............................................   

300,595    
530,284    

314,860    
537,195    

309,006    
554,547    

298,564    
571,535    

-83-

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
 
 
ITEM 9.

CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation  of  Disclosure  Controls  and  Procedures.  The  Company’s  management  under  the  supervision  and  with  the 
participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) is responsible for establishing 
and maintaining “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended) for the Company.  Based on their evaluation the CEO and CFO have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures were effective as of December 31, 2019.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. During the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 
31, 2019, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially 
affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only 
reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control 
systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within a company have been detected.  
The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, and the 
CEO and CFO have concluded that these controls and procedures are effective at the “reasonable assurance” level.

Management’s  Assessment  of  Internal  Control.  Management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, is discussed in the Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial 
Reporting included on page 54.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 has been audited by Grant 
Thornton  LLP,  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  and  its  report  is  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

-84-

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  McGrath  RentCorp’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  with 
respect to its 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 3, 2020, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission no later than April 24, 2020.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  McGrath  RentCorp’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  with 
respect to its 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 3, 2020, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission no later than April 24, 2020.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 
RELATEDSTOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  McGrath  RentCorp’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  with 
respect to its 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 3, 2020, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission no later than April 24, 2020.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  McGrath  RentCorp’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  with 
respect to its 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 3, 2020, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission no later than April 24, 2020.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  McGrath  RentCorp’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  with 
respect to its 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 3, 2020, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission no later than April 24, 2020.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-85-

 
 
ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

Index of documents filed as part of this report:

PART IV

1.

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of McGrath RentCorp are included in Item 8.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting ...............................................

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm:  ..........................................................

Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018...........................................

Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  for  the  Years  Ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and 
2017 .....................................................................................................................................

Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for  the  Years  Ended  December 31, 
2019, 2018 and 2017 ...........................................................................................................

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 
2018 and 2017 .....................................................................................................................

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 
2017 .....................................................................................................................................

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................................................

Page of this report
54

55

58

59

60

61

62

63

2.

3.

Financial Statement Schedules. None

Exhibits.  See Index of Exhibits on page 87 of this report.

Schedules and exhibits required by Article 5 of Regulation S-X other than those listed are omitted because they are not required, 
are  not  applicable,  or  equivalent  information  has  been  included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  and  notes  thereto,  or 
elsewhere herein.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

-86-

 
 
 
Number

 3.1

Articles of Incorporation of McGrath RentCorp. ‘P’

Description

Method of Filing

 3.1.1

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of McGrath RentCorp. ‘P’

 3.1.2

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of McGrath RentCorp.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

Note  Purchase  and  Private  Shelf  Agreement  between  the  Company  and 
Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as placement agent, dated June 2, 
2004.

Amendment  to  Note  Purchase  and  Private  Shelf  Agreement  between  the 
Company  and  Prudential  Investment  Management,  Inc.,  as  placement 
agent, effective as of July 11, 2005.

Filed as exhibit 19.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended June 30, 1988 (filed August 14, 1988), and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 
(filed March 28, 1991 Registration No. 33-39633), and incorporated herein 
by reference.

Filed as exhibit 3.1.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the  year  ended  December  31,  1997  (filed  March  31,  1998),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
July 24, 2018) and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
June 10, 2004), and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
July 15, 2005), and incorporated herein by reference.

Amendment  to  Note  Purchase  and  Private  Shelf  Agreement  between  the 
Company  and  Prudential  Investment  Management,  Inc.,  as  placement 
agent, effective as of October 20, 2008.

Filed as exhibit 4.1.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2009  (filed  February  26,  2010),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Multiparty  Guaranty  between  Enviroplex, 
Inc.,  Mobile  Modular 
Management  Corporation,  Prudential  Investment  Management,  Inc.,  and 
such other parties that become Guarantors thereunder, dated June 2, 2004.

Release  from  Obligations  (TRS-RenTelco  Inc.)  related  to  the  Note 
Purchase  and  Private  Shelf  Agreement  dated  June  2,  2004  by  and  among 
the  Company,  certain  parties 
Investment 
Management, Inc.

thereto,  and  Prudential 

Indemnity,  Contribution 
and  Subordination  Agreement  between 
Enviroplex, Inc., Mobile Modular Management Corporation, the Company 
and  such  other  parties  that  become  Guarantors  thereunder,  dated  June  2, 
2004.

Amendment  to  Note  Purchase  and  Private  Shelf  Agreement  between  the 
Company and Prudential Investment Management, Inc., as placement agent 
effective August 4, 2009.

Filed as exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
June 10, 2004), and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed  as  exhibit  10.15  to  the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q 
(filed August 3, 2006) and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
June 10, 2004), and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed  as  exhibit  4.1  to  the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q 
(filed August 6, 2009), and incorporated herein by reference.

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

Note  Purchase  and  Private  Shelf  Agreement  between  the  Company  and 
Prudential Investment Management, Inc., dated April 21, 2011.

Filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
April 21, 2011), and incorporated herein by reference.

Amendment, dated as of March 17, 2014, to the Note Purchase and Private 
Shelf  Agreement  dated  as  of  April  21,  2011  among  the  Company, 
Prudential  Investment  Management,  Inc.,  The  Prudential  Insurance 
Company  of  America  and  Prudential  Retirement  Insurance  and  Annuity 
Company.

  Amendment,  dated  as  of  February  9,  2016,  to  the  Note  Purchase  and 
Private Shelf Agreement dated as of April 21, 2011 among the Company, 
Prudential  Investment  Management,  Inc.,  The  Prudential  Insurance 
Company  of  America  and  Prudential  Retirement  Insurance  and  Annuity 
Company, as amended on March 17, 2014.

Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2016 among the Company, Bank 
of  America,  N.A.  as  Administrative  Agent,  Swing  Line  Lender  and  L/C 
Issuer, and The Other Lenders Party thereto.

Guaranty dated as of March 31, 2016 among certain domestic subsidiaries 
of the Company in favor of Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as the 
administrative agent for the Lenders.

Filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
March 20, 2014) and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
February 11, 2016) and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
April 5, 2016) and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
April 5, 2016) and incorporated herein by reference.

$12,000,000  committed  Credit  Facility  Letter  Agreement  between  the 
Company and MUFG Union Bank, N.A., dated as of March 31, 2016.

Filed as exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
April 5, 2016) and incorporated herein by reference.

$12,000,000  Credit  Line  Note,  dated  March 31,  2016,  in  favor  of  MUFG 
Union Bank, N.A.

Filed as exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed 
April 5, 2016) and incorporated herein by reference.

 3.2

 4.1

4.1.1

 4.1.2

 4.1.3

 4.1.4

 4.1.5

 4.1.6

 4.1.7

 4.1.8

 4.1.9

 4.2

 4.2.1

 4.2.2

 4.2.3

4.2.4

Description of Registrant’s Securities.

Filed herewith..

-87-

 
 
Description

Method of Filing

Number

10.1

10.1.1

10.1.2

10.2

10.3

McGrath  RentCorp  1998  Stock  Option  Plan  as  amended  and  restated  on 
November 22, 2002.  

Exemplar  Incentive  Stock  Option  for  Employees  Under  the  1998  Stock 
Option Plan.

Exemplar Non-Qualified Stock Option for Directors under the 1998 Stock 
Option Plan.

Exemplar  Form  of 
Indemnification Agreements. 

the  Directors,  Officers  and  Other  Agents 

McGrath  RentCorp  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan,  as  amended  and 
restated on December 31, 2008. 

10.3.1

McGrath  RentCorp  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Trust  Agreement,  as 
amended and restated on December 31, 2008.

10.4

McGrath RentCorp 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.4.1

Form of 2007 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Award and Agreement.

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

10.4.2

10.4.3

10.4.4

10.5

10.6

Form of 2007 Stock Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Award and 
Agreement.

Form  of  2007  Stock  Incentive  Plan  Stock  Appreciation  Right  Award  and 
Agreement.

Form  of  2007  Stock  Incentive  Plan  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  and 
Agreement.

McGrath RentCorp Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plan

McGrath RentCorp Change in Control Severance Plan and Summary Plan 
Description

10.7

McGrath RentCorp 2016 Stock Incentive Plan

10.7.1

10.7.2

10.7.3

21.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

Form of 2016 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award and 
Agreement

Form of 2016 Stock Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock 
Unit Award and Agreement

Form of 2016 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award and 
Agreement

List of Subsidiaries.

Written Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.

Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  Pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed herewith.

Filed herewith.

Filed herewith.

Certification  of  Chief  Financial  Officer  Pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed herewith.

-88-

Filed  as  exhibit  10.2  to  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2002  (filed  March  20,  2003),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the  quarter  ended  September  30,  1998  (filed  November  12,  1998),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the  quarter  ended  September  30,  1998  (filed  November  12,  1998),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Filed  as  exhibit  10.3  to  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2001  (filed  March  18,  2002),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.  

Filed  as  exhibit  10.3  to  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  (filed  February  26,  2009),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  (filed  February  26,  2009),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2007  (filed  August  2,  2007),  and  incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.12.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2007  (filed  August  2,  2007),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.12.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2007  (filed  August  2,  2007),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.4.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 (filed May 6, 2010), and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.4.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 (filed May 6, 2010), and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 
(filed August 10, 2012) and incorporated herein by reference.

Filed as exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2013  (filed  July  31,  2013),  and  incorporated 
herein by reference.

Filed  as  Appendix  A  to  the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2016 
Annual  Meeting  (filed  April  29,  2016),  and  incorporated  herein  by 
reference.

Filed  as  exhibit  10.1.1  to  the  Company's  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q 
for  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2016  (filed  August  2,  2016),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Filed  as  exhibit  10.1.2  to  the  Company's  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q 
for  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2016  (filed  August  2,  2016),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Filed  as  exhibit  10.1.3  to  the  Company's  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q 
for  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2016  (filed  August  2,  2016),  and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Number

Description

Method of Filing

32.1

32.2

101

Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  Pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Furnished herewith.

Certification  of  Chief  Financial  Officer  Pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Furnished herewith.

The following materials from McGrath RentCorp’s annual Report on Form 
10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  formatted  in  iXBRL  (Inline 
eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Condensed Consolidated 
Statement of Income, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet, (iii) 
the  Condensed  Consolidated  Statement  of  Cash  Flows,  and  (iv)  Notes  to 
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

104

     Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the inline XBRL
     document).

‘P’ = exhibit was filed in paper form

2
2
0
0
1
1
9

F
F
o
o
r
r
m
m
1
1
0
0
-
-
K
K

-89-

 
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: February 25, 2020

MCGRATH RENTCORP

by:

by:

by:

/s/ Joseph F. Hanna
JOSEPH F. HANNA
Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Keith E. Pratt
KEITH E. PRATT
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ David M. Whitney
DAVID M. WHITNEY
Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 

in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

K
K
-
-
0
0
1
1
m
m
r
r
o
o
F
F
9
1
1
0
0
2
2

/s/ Kim A. Box
KIM A. BOX

/s/ William J. Dawson
WILLIAM J. DAWSON

/s/ Elizabeth A. Fetter
ELIZABETH A. FETTER

/s/ Joseph F. Hanna
JOSEPH F. HANNA

/s/ Bradley M. Shuster
BRADLEY M. SHUSTER

/s/ M. Richard Smith
M. RICHARD SMITH

/s/ Dennis P. Stradford
DENNIS P. STRADFORD

/s/ Ronald H. Zech
RONALD H. ZECH

Title

Director

Director

Director

Date

February 25, 2020

February 25, 2020

February 25, 2020

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

February 25, 2020

Director

Director

Director

February 25, 2020

February 25, 2020

February 25, 2020

Chairman of the Board

February 25, 2020

-90-